1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
47 #include <algorithm>
48 #include <cstring>
49 #include <functional>
50 
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowTemplates && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 } // end anonymous namespace
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw___float128:
112   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
113   case tok::kw_bool:
114   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
115   case tok::kw___auto_type:
116     return true;
117 
118   case tok::annot_typename:
119   case tok::kw_char16_t:
120   case tok::kw_char32_t:
121   case tok::kw_typeof:
122   case tok::annot_decltype:
123   case tok::kw_decltype:
124     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
125 
126   default:
127     break;
128   }
129 
130   return false;
131 }
132 
133 namespace {
134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
135   NotFound,
136   FoundNonType,
137   FoundType
138 };
139 } // end anonymous namespace
140 
141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
142 /// dependent class.
143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
147                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
148                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
149   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
150     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
151   // Look for type decls in base classes.
152   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
153       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
154   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
155     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
156     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
157       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
158     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
159       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
160       // templates.
161       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
162         continue;
163       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
164       if (!TD)
165         continue;
166       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
167           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
168         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
169           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
170         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
171           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
172                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
173             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
174               BaseRD = PS;
175         }
176       }
177     }
178     if (BaseRD) {
179       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
180         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
181           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
182         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
183       }
184       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
185         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
186         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
187           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
188         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
189           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
190           break;
191         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
192           break;
193         }
194       }
195     }
196   }
197 
198   return FoundTypeDecl;
199 }
200 
201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
202                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
203                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
204   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
205   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
206   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
207       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
208   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
209        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
210        DC = DC->getParent()) {
211     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
212     // templates.
213     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
214     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
215       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
216   }
217   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
218     return nullptr;
219 
220   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
221   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
222   // lookup during template instantiation.
223   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
224 
225   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
226   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
227                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
228   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
229 
230   CXXScopeSpec SS;
231   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
232 
233   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
234   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
235   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
236   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
237   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
238   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
239 }
240 
241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
242 /// return the declaration of that type.
243 ///
244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
250                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
251                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
252                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
253                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
254                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
255                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
256                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
257   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
258   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
259                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
260                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
261 
262   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
263   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
264   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
265     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
266     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
267       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
268   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
269     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
270 
271     if (!LookupCtx) {
272       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
273         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
274         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
275         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
276         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
277         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
278         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
279         //
280         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
281         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
282         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
283           return nullptr;
284 
285         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
286         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
287         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
288           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
289 
290         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
291         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
292                                        II, NameLoc);
293         return ParsedType::make(T);
294       }
295 
296       return nullptr;
297     }
298 
299     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
300         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
301       return nullptr;
302   }
303 
304   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
305   // lookup for class-names.
306   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
307                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
308   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
309   if (LookupCtx) {
310     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
311     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
312     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
313     // nested-name-specifier.
314     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
315 
316     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
317       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
318       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
319       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
320       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
321       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
322       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
323       LookupName(Result, S);
324     }
325   } else {
326     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
327     LookupName(Result, S);
328 
329     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
330     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
331     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
332       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
333               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
334         return TypeInBase;
335     }
336   }
337 
338   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
339   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
340   case LookupResult::NotFound:
341   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
342     if (CorrectedII) {
343       TypoCorrection Correction =
344           CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
345                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
346                           true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate),
347                       CTK_ErrorRecovery);
348       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
349       TemplateTy Template;
350       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
351       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
352       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
353       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
354       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
355       if (SS && NNS) {
356         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
357         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
358       }
359       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
360           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
361           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
362           // is handled elsewhere).
363           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
364             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
365                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
366         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
367                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
368                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
369                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
370                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
371         if (Ty) {
372           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
373                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
374                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
375           if (SS && NNS)
376             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
377           *CorrectedII = NewII;
378           return Ty;
379         }
380       }
381     }
382     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
383   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
384   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
385     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
386     return nullptr;
387 
388   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
389     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
390     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
391     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
392     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
393     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
394     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
395       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
396       return nullptr;
397     }
398 
399     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
400     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
401          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
402       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) ||
403           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) {
404         if (!IIDecl ||
405             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
406               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
407           IIDecl = *Res;
408       }
409     }
410 
411     if (!IIDecl) {
412       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
413       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
414       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
415       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
416       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
417       // a type name.
418       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
419       return nullptr;
420     }
421 
422     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
423     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
424     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
425     // perform the name lookup again.
426     break;
427 
428   case LookupResult::Found:
429     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
430     break;
431   }
432 
433   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
434 
435   QualType T;
436   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
437     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
438     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
439     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
440     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
441     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
442     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
443         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
444         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
445       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
446           << &II << /*Type*/1;
447 
448     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
449 
450     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
451     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
452   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
453     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
454     if (!HasTrailingDot)
455       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
456   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
457     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl))
458       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
459                                                        QualType(), false);
460   }
461 
462   if (T.isNull()) {
463     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
464     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
465     return nullptr;
466   }
467 
468   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
469   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
470   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
471   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
472       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
473     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
474       // Construct a type with type-source information.
475       TypeLocBuilder Builder;
476       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
477 
478       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
479       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
480       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
481       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
482       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
483     } else {
484       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
485     }
486   }
487 
488   return ParsedType::make(T);
489 }
490 
491 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
492 static NestedNameSpecifier *
493 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
494   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
495     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
496     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
497     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
498       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
499     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
500       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
501                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
502     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
503       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
504   }
505   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
506 }
507 
508 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
509 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
510 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
511 /// correctly rejects.
512 static const CXXRecordDecl *
513 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
514   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
515     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
516     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
517       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
518         return MD->getParent();
519   }
520   return nullptr;
521 }
522 
523 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
524                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
525                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
526   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
527 
528   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
529   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
530     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
531     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
532     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
533     // lookup is retried.
534     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
535     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
536     // name specifiers.
537     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
538     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
539   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
540                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
541     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
542     // instantiation time.
543     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
544                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
545 
546     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
547     // template instantiation.
548     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
549                                                                       << RD;
550   } else {
551     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
552     return ParsedType();
553   }
554 
555   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
556 
557   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
558   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
559   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
560   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
561   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
562 
563   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
564   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
565   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
566   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
567   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
568   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
569 }
570 
571 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
572 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
573 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
574 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
575 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
576 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
577   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
578   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
579   LookupName(R, S, false);
580   R.suppressDiagnostics();
581   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
582     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
583       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
584       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
585       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
586       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
587       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
588       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
589       }
590     }
591 
592   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
593 }
594 
595 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
596 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
597 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
598 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
599 /// @code
600 /// template<class T> class A {
601 /// public:
602 ///   typedef int TYPE;
603 /// };
604 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
605 /// public:
606 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
607 /// };
608 /// @endcode
609 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
610   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
611     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
612       return true;
613 
614     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
615 
616     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
617     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
618       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
619         return true;
620     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
621   }
622   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
623 }
624 
625 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
626                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
627                                    Scope *S,
628                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
629                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
630                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
631   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
632   SuggestedType = nullptr;
633 
634   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
635   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
636   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
637           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
638                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
639                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
640                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
641     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
642       // We corrected to a keyword.
643       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
644       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
645     } else {
646       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
647       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
648         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
649                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
650       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
651         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
652         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
653                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
654         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
655                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
656                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
657       } else {
658         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
659       }
660 
661       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
662       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
663         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
664                           SourceRange(IILoc));
665       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
666       SuggestedType =
667           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
668                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
669                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
670                       /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
671     }
672     return;
673   }
674 
675   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
676     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
677     UnqualifiedId Name;
678     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
679     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
680     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
681     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
682     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
683                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
684                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
685       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
686       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args)
687         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName;
688       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
689         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
690           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
691       }
692       return;
693     }
694   }
695 
696   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
697   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
698 
699   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
700     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
701   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
702     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
703       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
704   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
705     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
706     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
707       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
708 
709     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
710       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
711       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
712       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
713     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
714                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
715   } else {
716     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
717            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
718   }
719 }
720 
721 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
722 /// or
723 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
724   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
725                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
726 
727   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
728     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
729       return true;
730 
731     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
732       return true;
733   }
734 
735   return false;
736 }
737 
738 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
739                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
740                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
741                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
742   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
743   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
744   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
745     StringRef FixItTagName;
746     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
747       case TTK_Class:
748         FixItTagName = "class ";
749         break;
750 
751       case TTK_Enum:
752         FixItTagName = "enum ";
753         break;
754 
755       case TTK_Struct:
756         FixItTagName = "struct ";
757         break;
758 
759       case TTK_Interface:
760         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
761         break;
762 
763       case TTK_Union:
764         FixItTagName = "union ";
765         break;
766     }
767 
768     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
769     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
770       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
771       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
772 
773     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
774          I != IEnd; ++I)
775       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
776         << Name << TagName;
777 
778     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
779     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
780     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
781     return true;
782   }
783 
784   return false;
785 }
786 
787 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
788 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
789                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
790   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
791 
792   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
793   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
794 
795   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
796   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
797   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
798   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
799   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
800 }
801 
802 Sema::NameClassification
803 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
804                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
805                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
806                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
807   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
808   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
809 
810   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
811     NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation());
812     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false);
813   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
814              isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
815     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
816     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
817     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
818     // will reject it later.
819     return NameClassification::Unknown();
820   }
821 
822   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
823   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
824 
825   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
826   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
827   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
828     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
829             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
830       return TypeInBase;
831   }
832 
833   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
834   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
835   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
836   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
837   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
838     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
839     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
840       return E;
841   }
842 
843   bool SecondTry = false;
844   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
845 
846 Corrected:
847   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
848   case LookupResult::NotFound:
849     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
850     // call.
851     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
852       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
853       // FIXME: Reference?
854       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
855         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
856 
857       // C90 6.3.2.2:
858       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
859       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
860       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
861       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
862       //   the function call, the declaration
863       //
864       //     extern int identifier ();
865       //
866       //   appeared.
867       //
868       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
869       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
870         Result.addDecl(D);
871         Result.resolveKind();
872         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
873       }
874     }
875 
876     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
877     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
878     // "struct", or "union".
879     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
880         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
881       break;
882     }
883 
884     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
885     // close to this name.
886     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
887       SecondTry = true;
888       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
889                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
890                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
891                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
892         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
893         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
894 
895         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
896         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
897         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
898             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
899           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
900           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
901         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
902                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
903                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
904                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
905           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
906           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
907         }
908 
909         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
910           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
911         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
912           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
913           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
914                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
915           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
916                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
917                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
918         }
919 
920         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
921         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
922 
923         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
924         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
925           return Name;
926 
927         // Also update the LookupResult...
928         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
929         Result.clear();
930         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
931         if (FirstDecl)
932           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
933 
934         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
935         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
936         // reference the ivar.
937         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
938         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
939           Result.clear();
940           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
941           return E;
942         }
943 
944         goto Corrected;
945       }
946     }
947 
948     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
949     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
950     return NameClassification::Unknown();
951 
952   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
953     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
954     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
955     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
956 
957     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
958     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
959     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
960     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
961     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
962     //
963     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
964     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
965     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
966     // keyword here.
967     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
968                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
969                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
970   }
971 
972   case LookupResult::Found:
973   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
974   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
975     break;
976 
977   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
978     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
979         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
980       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
981       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
982       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
983       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
984       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
985       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
986       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
987       //   ambiguous.
988       //
989       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
990       // so try again after filtering out template names.
991       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
992       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
993         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
994         break;
995       }
996     }
997 
998     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
999     return NameClassification::Error();
1000   }
1001 
1002   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1003       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
1004     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1005     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1006     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1007     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1008     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1009     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1010     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1011       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1012 
1013     if (!Result.empty()) {
1014       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1015       bool IsVarTemplate;
1016       TemplateName Template;
1017       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1018         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1019         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1020                                                      Result.end());
1021       } else {
1022         TemplateDecl *TD
1023           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
1024         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1025         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1026 
1027         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
1028           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1029                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
1030                                                       TD);
1031         else
1032           Template = TemplateName(TD);
1033       }
1034 
1035       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1036         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1037         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1038         // to based on which function we selected.
1039         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1040 
1041         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1042       }
1043 
1044       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1045                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1046     }
1047   }
1048 
1049   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1050   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1051     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1052     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1053     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1054     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1055       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1056     return ParsedType::make(T);
1057   }
1058 
1059   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1060   if (!Class) {
1061     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1062     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1063             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1064       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1065   }
1066 
1067   if (Class) {
1068     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1069 
1070     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1071       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1072       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1073       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1074       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1075     }
1076 
1077     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1078     return ParsedType::make(T);
1079   }
1080 
1081   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1082   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1083       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1084     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1085         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1086 
1087   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1088   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1089   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1090   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1091        (NextIsOp &&
1092         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1093       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1094     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1095     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1096     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1097     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1098       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1099     return ParsedType::make(T);
1100   }
1101 
1102   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1103     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1104                                            nullptr, S);
1105 
1106   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1107   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1108 }
1109 
1110 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1111 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1112   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1113   if (!TD)
1114     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1115   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1116     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1117   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1118     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1119   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1120     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1121   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1122     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1123   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1124     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1125   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1126 }
1127 
1128 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1129 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1130 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1131 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1132 
1133   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1134   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1135   // the context we'll need to return to.
1136   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1137   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1138   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1139   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1140   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1141   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1142   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1143   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1144   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1145   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1146     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1147 
1148     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1149     // lexical context.
1150     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1151       return DC;
1152 
1153     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1154     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1155     // class is the context we need to return to.
1156     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1157       DC = RD;
1158 
1159     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1160     // declared in.
1161     return DC;
1162   }
1163 
1164   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1165 }
1166 
1167 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1168   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1169       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1170   CurContext = DC;
1171   S->setEntity(DC);
1172 }
1173 
1174 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1175   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1176 
1177   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1178   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1179 }
1180 
1181 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1182                                                                     Decl *D) {
1183   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1184   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1185   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1186   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1187   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1188   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1189   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1190   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1191   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1192   return Result;
1193 }
1194 
1195 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1196   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1197 }
1198 
1199 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1200 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1201 ///
1202 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1203   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1204   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1205   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1206   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1207   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1208   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1209   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1210   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1211   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1212   //   namespace.
1213   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1214   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1215   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1216   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1217   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1218 
1219   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1220 
1221 #ifndef NDEBUG
1222   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1223   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1224   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1225 #endif
1226 
1227   CurContext = DC;
1228   S->setEntity(DC);
1229 }
1230 
1231 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1232   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1233 
1234   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1235   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1236   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1237   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1238   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1239 
1240   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1241   // disappear.
1242 }
1243 
1244 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1245   // We assume that the caller has already called
1246   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1247   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1248   if (!FD)
1249     return;
1250 
1251   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1252   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1253   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1254     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1255   CurContext = FD;
1256   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1257 
1258   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1259     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1260     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1261     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1262       S->AddDecl(Param);
1263       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1264     }
1265   }
1266 }
1267 
1268 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1269   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1270   // rather than the top-level class.
1271   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1272   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1273   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1274 }
1275 
1276 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1277 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1278 ///
1279 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1280 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1281 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1282 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1283 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1284 /// attribute.
1285 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1286                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1287   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1288     return true;
1289 
1290   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1291     return true;
1292 
1293   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1294           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1295 }
1296 
1297 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1298 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1299   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1300   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1301   // scope.
1302   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1303     S = S->getParent();
1304 
1305   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1306   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1307   // into any context.
1308   if (AddToContext)
1309     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1310 
1311   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1312   // are function-local declarations.
1313   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1314       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1315         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1316       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1317     return;
1318 
1319   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1320   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1321       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1322     return;
1323 
1324   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1325   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1326                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1327   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1328     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1329       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1330       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1331 
1332       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1333       break;
1334     }
1335   }
1336 
1337   S->AddDecl(D);
1338 
1339   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1340     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1341     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1342     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1343     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1344       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1345       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1346         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1347           continue;
1348       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1349         break;
1350     }
1351 
1352     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1353   } else {
1354     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1355   }
1356 }
1357 
1358 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1359   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1360     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1361 }
1362 
1363 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1364                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1365   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1366 }
1367 
1368 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1369   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1370   do {
1371     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1372       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1373         return S;
1374   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1375 
1376   return nullptr;
1377 }
1378 
1379 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1380                                             DeclContext*,
1381                                             ASTContext&);
1382 
1383 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1384 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1385 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1386                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1387                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1388   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1389   while (F.hasNext()) {
1390     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1391 
1392     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1393       continue;
1394 
1395     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1396       continue;
1397 
1398     F.erase();
1399   }
1400 
1401   F.done();
1402 }
1403 
1404 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1405   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1406          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1407          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1408 }
1409 
1410 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1411 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1412   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1413   while (F.hasNext())
1414     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1415       F.erase();
1416 
1417   F.done();
1418 }
1419 
1420 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1421 /// @code
1422 /// class S {
1423 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1424 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1425 /// };
1426 /// @endcode
1427 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1428   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1429   // the decl here.
1430   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1431     return false;
1432 
1433   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1434     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1435   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1436     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1437   return false;
1438 }
1439 
1440 // We need this to handle
1441 //
1442 // typedef struct {
1443 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1444 // } A;
1445 //
1446 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1447 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1448 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1449 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1450 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1451 // not.
1452 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1453   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1454   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1455     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1456       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1457         return true;
1458     }
1459     DC = DC->getParent();
1460   }
1461 
1462   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1463 }
1464 
1465 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1466 // these semantics.
1467 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1468   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1469     return false;
1470   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1471 }
1472 
1473 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1474   assert(D);
1475 
1476   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1477     return false;
1478 
1479   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1480   // of members of class templates.
1481   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1482       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1483     return false;
1484 
1485   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1486     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1487       return false;
1488 
1489     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1490       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1491         return false;
1492     } else {
1493       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1494       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1495         return false;
1496     }
1497 
1498     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1499         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1500       return false;
1501   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1502     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1503     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1504     // like "inline".)
1505     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1506       return false;
1507 
1508     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1509       return false;
1510 
1511     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1512         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1513       return false;
1514 
1515     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1516       return false;
1517   } else {
1518     return false;
1519   }
1520 
1521   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1522   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1523   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1524   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1525 }
1526 
1527 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1528   if (!D)
1529     return;
1530 
1531   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1532     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1533     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1534       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1535   }
1536 
1537   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1538     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1539     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1540       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1541   }
1542 
1543   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1544     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1545 }
1546 
1547 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1548   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1549     return false;
1550 
1551   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1552       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1553     return false;
1554 
1555   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1556     return true;
1557 
1558   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1559   // functions.
1560   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1561   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1562     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1563     WithinFunction =
1564         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1565   if (!WithinFunction)
1566     return false;
1567 
1568   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1569     return true;
1570 
1571   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1572   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1573     return false;
1574 
1575   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1576   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1577 
1578     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1579     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1580 
1581     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1582     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1583       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1584         return false;
1585     }
1586 
1587     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1588     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1589     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1590       return false;
1591 
1592     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1593     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1594     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1595 
1596     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1597       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1598       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1599         return false;
1600 
1601       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1602         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1603           return false;
1604 
1605         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1606           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1607                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1608             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1609           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1610             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1611           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1612             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1613             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1614               return false;
1615           }
1616         }
1617       }
1618     }
1619 
1620     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1621   }
1622 
1623   return true;
1624 }
1625 
1626 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1627                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1628   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1629     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1630                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1631     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1632       return;
1633     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1634                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1635   }
1636 }
1637 
1638 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1639   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1640     return;
1641 
1642   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1643     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1644       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1645     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1646       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1647   }
1648 }
1649 
1650 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1651 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1652 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1653   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1654     return;
1655 
1656   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1657     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1658     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1659     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1660     return;
1661   }
1662 
1663   FixItHint Hint;
1664   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1665 
1666   unsigned DiagID;
1667   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1668     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1669   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1670     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1671   else
1672     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1673 
1674   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1675 }
1676 
1677 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1678   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1679   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1680   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1681   // MS inline assembly label name.
1682   bool Diagnose = false;
1683   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1684     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1685   else
1686     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1687   if (Diagnose)
1688     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1689 }
1690 
1691 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1692   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1693 
1694   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1695   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1696          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1697 
1698   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1699     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1700 
1701     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1702     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1703 
1704     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1705 
1706     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1707     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1708       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1709       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1710         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1711     }
1712 
1713     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1714     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1715       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1716 
1717     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1718     // already.
1719     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1720     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1721     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1722       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1723         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1724             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1725         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1726       }
1727       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1728     }
1729   }
1730 }
1731 
1732 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1733 ///
1734 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1735 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1736 /// to the fixed name.
1737 ///
1738 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1739 ///
1740 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1741 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1742 ///
1743 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1744 /// class could not be found.
1745 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1746                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1747                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1748   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1749   // creation from this context.
1750   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1751 
1752   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1753     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1754     // find an Objective-C class name.
1755     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1756             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1757             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1758             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1759       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1760       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1761       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1762     }
1763   }
1764   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1765   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1766   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1767       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1768   return Def;
1769 }
1770 
1771 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1772 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1773 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1774 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1775 /// ill-formed in C++:
1776 /// @code
1777 /// struct S6 {
1778 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1779 /// };
1780 ///
1781 /// void test_S6() {
1782 ///   struct S6 a;
1783 ///   a.e = BAR;
1784 /// }
1785 /// @endcode
1786 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1787 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1788 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1789 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1790 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1791 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1792 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1793 /// contain non-field names.
1794 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1795   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1796          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1797          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1798     S = S->getParent();
1799   return S;
1800 }
1801 
1802 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1803 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1804 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1805 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1806 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1807                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1808   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1809     return;
1810   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1811 
1812   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1813                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1814   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1815   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1816     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1817       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1818 }
1819 
1820 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1821   switch (Error) {
1822   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1823     return "";
1824   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1825     return "stdio.h";
1826   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1827     return "setjmp.h";
1828   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1829     return "ucontext.h";
1830   }
1831   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1832 }
1833 
1834 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1835 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1836 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1837 /// built-in.
1838 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1839                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1840                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1841   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1842 
1843   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1844   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1845   if (Error) {
1846     if (ForRedeclaration)
1847       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1848           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1849     return nullptr;
1850   }
1851 
1852   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
1853       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
1854        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
1855     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1856         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1857     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1858         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1859       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1860           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1861           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1862   }
1863 
1864   if (R.isNull())
1865     return nullptr;
1866 
1867   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1868   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1869     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1870         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1871                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1872     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1873     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1874     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1875   }
1876 
1877   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1878                                            Parent,
1879                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1880                                            SC_Extern,
1881                                            false,
1882                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1883   New->setImplicit();
1884 
1885   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1886   // FunctionDecl.
1887   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1888     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1889     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1890       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1891           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1892                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1893                               SC_None, nullptr);
1894       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1895       Params.push_back(parm);
1896     }
1897     New->setParams(Params);
1898   }
1899 
1900   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1901   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1902 
1903   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1904   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1905   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1906   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1907   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1908   CurContext = Parent;
1909   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1910   CurContext = SavedContext;
1911   return New;
1912 }
1913 
1914 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1915 /// entity if their types are the same.
1916 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1917 /// isSameEntity.
1918 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1919                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1920                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1921   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1922   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1923     return;
1924 
1925   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1926   if (Previous.empty())
1927     return;
1928 
1929   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1930   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1931     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1932 
1933     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1934     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1935       continue;
1936 
1937     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1938     // different linkages.
1939     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1940       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1941                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1942         continue;
1943 
1944       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1945       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1946       if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
1947           OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1948           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1949         continue;
1950     }
1951 
1952     Filter.erase();
1953   }
1954 
1955   Filter.done();
1956 }
1957 
1958 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1959   QualType OldType;
1960   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1961     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1962   else
1963     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1964   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1965 
1966   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1967     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1968     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1969     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1970       << Kind << NewType;
1971     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1972       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1973     New->setInvalidDecl();
1974     return true;
1975   }
1976 
1977   if (OldType != NewType &&
1978       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1979       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1980       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1981     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1982     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1983       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1984     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1985       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1986     New->setInvalidDecl();
1987     return true;
1988   }
1989   return false;
1990 }
1991 
1992 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1993 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1994 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1995 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1996 ///
1997 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
1998                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1999   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2000   // merging checks.
2001   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2002 
2003   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2004   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2005   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
2006     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2007     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2008     default: break;
2009     case 2:
2010       {
2011         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2012           break;
2013         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2014         if (!T->isPointerType())
2015           break;
2016         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2017           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2018           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2019             break;
2020         }
2021         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2022         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2023         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2024         return;
2025       }
2026     case 5:
2027       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2028         break;
2029       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2030       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2031       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2032       return;
2033     case 3:
2034       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2035         break;
2036       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2037       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2038       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2039       return;
2040     }
2041     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2042   }
2043 
2044   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2045   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2046   if (!Old) {
2047     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2048       << New->getDeclName();
2049 
2050     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2051     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2052       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2053 
2054     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2055   }
2056 
2057   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2058   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2059     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2060 
2061   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2062     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2063     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2064     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2065     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
2066         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2067         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2068       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2069       // instead of our tag.
2070       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2071       if (OldTD->isModed())
2072         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2073                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2074       else
2075         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2076 
2077       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2078       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
2079 
2080       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2081       // out of the scope.
2082       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2083         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2084         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2085           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2086           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2087           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2088           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2089           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2090         }
2091       }
2092     }
2093   }
2094 
2095   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2096   // with any extensions enabled.
2097   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2098     return;
2099 
2100   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2101   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2102   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2103     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2104     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2105   }
2106 
2107   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2108     return;
2109 
2110   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2111     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2112     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2113     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2114     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2115     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2116       return;
2117 
2118     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2119     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2120     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2121     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2122     //
2123     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2124     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2125     //
2126     //   struct S {
2127     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2128     //   };
2129     //
2130     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2131     // allow the above but disallow
2132     //
2133     //   struct S {
2134     //     typedef int I;
2135     //     typedef int I;
2136     //   };
2137     //
2138     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2139     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2140       return;
2141 
2142     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2143       << New->getDeclName();
2144     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2145     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2146   }
2147 
2148   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2149   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2150     return;
2151 
2152   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2153   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2154   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2155   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2156   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2157       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2158        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2159     return;
2160 
2161   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2162     << New->getDeclName();
2163   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2164 }
2165 
2166 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2167 /// attribute.
2168 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2169   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2170   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2171   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2172     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2173       if (Ann) {
2174         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2175           return true;
2176         continue;
2177       }
2178       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2179       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2180         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2181       return true;
2182     }
2183 
2184   return false;
2185 }
2186 
2187 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2188   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2189     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2190   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2191     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2192   return true;
2193 }
2194 
2195 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2196 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2197 ///
2198 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2199 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2200   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2201   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2202   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2203   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2204   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2205   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2206     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2207     // in a case like:
2208     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2209     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2210     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2211     // definition in such a case.
2212     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2213       return false;
2214 
2215     if (I->isAlignas())
2216       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2217 
2218     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2219     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2220       OldAlign = Align;
2221       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2222     }
2223   }
2224 
2225   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2226   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2227   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2228   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2229     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2230       return false;
2231 
2232     if (I->isAlignas())
2233       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2234 
2235     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2236     if (Align > NewAlign)
2237       NewAlign = Align;
2238   }
2239 
2240   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2241     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2242     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2243     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2244     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2245 
2246     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2247     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2248     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2249       QualType Ty;
2250       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2251         Ty = VD->getType();
2252       else
2253         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2254 
2255       if (OldAlign == 0)
2256         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2257       if (NewAlign == 0)
2258         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2259     }
2260 
2261     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2262       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2263         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2264         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2265       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2266     }
2267   }
2268 
2269   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2270     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2271     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2272     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2273     //   equivalent alignment.
2274     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2275     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2276     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2277     //   have no alignment specifier.
2278     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2279       << OldAlignasAttr;
2280     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2281       << OldAlignasAttr;
2282   }
2283 
2284   bool AnyAdded = false;
2285 
2286   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2287   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2288     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2289     Clone->setInherited(true);
2290     New->addAttr(Clone);
2291     AnyAdded = true;
2292   }
2293 
2294   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2295   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2296       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2297     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2298     Clone->setInherited(true);
2299     New->addAttr(Clone);
2300     AnyAdded = true;
2301   }
2302 
2303   return AnyAdded;
2304 }
2305 
2306 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2307                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2308                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2309   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2310   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2311   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2312   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2313   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2314   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2315   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2316   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2317   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2318   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2319     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2320                                       AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2321                                       AA->getDeprecated(),
2322                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2323                                       AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(),
2324                                       AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2325                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2326   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2327     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2328                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2329   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2330     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2331                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2332   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2333     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2334                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2335   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2336     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2337                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2338   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2339     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2340                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2341                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2342   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2343     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2344                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2345   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2346     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2347                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2348                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2349   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2350     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2351                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2352                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2353   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2354            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2355             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2356     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2357     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2358     return false;
2359   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2360     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2361   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2362     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2363   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2364     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(
2365         D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(),
2366         &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()),
2367         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2368   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2369     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(),
2370                                 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()),
2371                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2372   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2373     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2374     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2375     NewAttr = nullptr;
2376   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2377            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2378             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2379     NewAttr = nullptr;
2380   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2381     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex,
2382                               UA->getGuid());
2383   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2384     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2385 
2386   if (NewAttr) {
2387     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2388     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2389     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2390       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2391     return true;
2392   }
2393 
2394   return false;
2395 }
2396 
2397 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2398   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2399     return TD->getDefinition();
2400   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2401     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2402     if (Def)
2403       return Def;
2404     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2405   }
2406   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
2407     return FD->getDefinition();
2408   return nullptr;
2409 }
2410 
2411 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2412   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2413     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2414       return true;
2415   return false;
2416 }
2417 
2418 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2419 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2420 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2421   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2422     return;
2423 
2424   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2425   if (!Def || Def == New)
2426     return;
2427 
2428   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2429   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2430     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2431 
2432     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2433       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2434         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2435         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2436 
2437         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2438         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2439           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2440           --E;
2441           continue;
2442         }
2443       } else {
2444         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2445         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2446                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2447                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2448                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2449         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2450         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2451         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2452       }
2453       ++I;
2454       continue;
2455     }
2456 
2457     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2458       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2459       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2460         ++I;
2461         continue;
2462       }
2463     }
2464 
2465     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2466       ++I;
2467       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2468     }
2469 
2470     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2471       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2472       ++I;
2473       continue;
2474     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2475       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2476         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2477         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2478         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2479         //   equivalent alignment.
2480         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2481         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2482         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2483         //   have no alignment specifier.
2484         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2485           << AA;
2486         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2487           << AA;
2488         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2489         --E;
2490         continue;
2491       }
2492     }
2493 
2494     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2495            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2496     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2497     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2498     --E;
2499   }
2500 }
2501 
2502 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2503 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2504                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2505   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2506     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2507     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2508     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2509   }
2510 
2511   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2512     return;
2513 
2514   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2515   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2516 
2517   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2518     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2519       if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) {
2520         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2521         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2522         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2523       }
2524     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2525       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2526       // already been ODR-used.
2527       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2528         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2529     }
2530   }
2531 
2532   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2533   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2534     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2535       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2536         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2537                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2538           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2539                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2540               << NewTag;
2541           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2542         }
2543       }
2544     } else {
2545       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2546       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2547     }
2548   }
2549 
2550   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2551     return;
2552 
2553   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2554 
2555   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2556   // we process them.
2557   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2558 
2559   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2560     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2561     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2562     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2563         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2564         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2565       switch (AMK) {
2566       case AMK_None:
2567         continue;
2568 
2569       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2570       case AMK_Override:
2571       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2572         LocalAMK = AMK;
2573         break;
2574       }
2575     }
2576 
2577     // Already handled.
2578     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2579       continue;
2580 
2581     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2582       foundAny = true;
2583   }
2584 
2585   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2586     foundAny = true;
2587 
2588   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2589 }
2590 
2591 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2592 /// to the new one.
2593 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2594                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2595                                      Sema &S) {
2596   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2597   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2598   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2599   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2600   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2601   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2602     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2603            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2604     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2605     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2606     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2607       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2608     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2609       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2610     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2611            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2612   }
2613 
2614   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2615     return;
2616 
2617   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2618 
2619   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2620   // done before we process them.
2621   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2622 
2623   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2624     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2625       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2626         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2627       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2628       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2629       foundAny = true;
2630     }
2631   }
2632 
2633   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2634 }
2635 
2636 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2637                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2638                                 Sema &S) {
2639   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2640     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2641       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2642         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2643           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2644                *Newnullability,
2645                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2646                 != 0))
2647           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2648                *Oldnullability,
2649                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2650                 != 0));
2651         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2652       }
2653     } else {
2654       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2655       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2656                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2657                          NewT, NewT);
2658       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2659     }
2660   }
2661 }
2662 
2663 namespace {
2664 
2665 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2666 /// C.
2667 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2668   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2669   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2670   QualType PromotedType;
2671 };
2672 
2673 } // end anonymous namespace
2674 
2675 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2676 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2677   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2678     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2679       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2680 
2681     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2682       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2683 
2684     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2685       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2686   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2687     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2688   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2689     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2690   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2691     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2692   }
2693 
2694   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2695 }
2696 
2697 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2698 // declaration, or a declaration.
2699 template <typename T>
2700 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2701 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2702   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2703   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2704   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2705     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2706   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2707     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2708     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2709       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2710   } else
2711     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2712   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2713 }
2714 
2715 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2716 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2717 /// GNU89 mode.
2718 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2719                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2720   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2721           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2722           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2723           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2724 }
2725 
2726 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2727   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2728   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2729     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2730   return AT;
2731 }
2732 
2733 template <typename T>
2734 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2735   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2736   if (DC->isRecord())
2737     return false;
2738 
2739   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2740   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2741     return true;
2742   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2743     return true;
2744   return false;
2745 }
2746 
2747 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2748 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2749 
2750 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2751 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2752 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2753 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2754 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2755                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2756   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2757   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2758   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2759   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2760   //      and function templates; or
2761   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2762   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2763   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2764   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2765   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2766 
2767   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2768   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2769   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2770   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2771   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2772 
2773   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2774   if (Old &&
2775       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2776           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2777       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2778     Old = nullptr;
2779 
2780   if (!Old) {
2781     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2782     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2783     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2784     return true;
2785   }
2786   return false;
2787 }
2788 
2789 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
2790                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
2791   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
2792 
2793   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
2794     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2795     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2796     if (AttrA == AttrB)
2797       return true;
2798     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType();
2799   };
2800 
2801   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
2802 }
2803 
2804 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2805 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2806 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2807 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2808 ///
2809 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2810 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2811 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2812 /// merged with.
2813 ///
2814 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2815 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2816                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2817   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2818   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2819   if (!Old) {
2820     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2821       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2822         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2823         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2824              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2825         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2826              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2827         return true;
2828       }
2829 
2830       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2831       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2832         return true;
2833       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2834     } else {
2835       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2836         << New->getDeclName();
2837       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2838       return true;
2839     }
2840   }
2841 
2842   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2843   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2844     return true;
2845 
2846   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2847   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2848   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2849       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2850 
2851   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2852   // is an extern inline function.
2853   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2854   // storage classes.
2855   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2856       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2857       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2858       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2859       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2860     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2861       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2862       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2863     } else {
2864       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2865       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2866       return true;
2867     }
2868   }
2869 
2870   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
2871       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
2872     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
2873         << New->getDeclName();
2874     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2875     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
2876   }
2877 
2878   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2879   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2880   // convention of the first.
2881   //
2882   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2883   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2884   //
2885   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2886   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2887   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2888   //
2889   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2890   // other tests to run.
2891   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2892   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2893   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2894   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2895   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2896   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2897   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2898 
2899   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2900     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2901     const FunctionType *FT =
2902         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2903     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2904     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2905     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2906       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2907       // there but not here.
2908       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2909       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2910     } else {
2911       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2912       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2913       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2914         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2915         << !FirstCCExplicit
2916         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2917             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2918 
2919       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2920       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2921       return true;
2922     }
2923   }
2924 
2925   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2926   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2927     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2928     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2929   }
2930 
2931   // Merge regparm attribute.
2932   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2933       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2934     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2935       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2936         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2937         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2938       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2939       return true;
2940     }
2941 
2942     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2943     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2944   }
2945 
2946   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2947   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2948     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2949       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2950       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2951       return true;
2952     }
2953 
2954     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2955     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2956   }
2957 
2958   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2959     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2960     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2961     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2962     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2963     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2964   }
2965 
2966   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2967   // UndefinedButUsed.
2968   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2969       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2970       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2971       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2972       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2973     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2974                                            SourceLocation()));
2975 
2976   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2977   // about it.
2978   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2979       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2980     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2981   }
2982 
2983   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
2984   // redeclaration.
2985   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
2986       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
2987     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
2988         << New->getDeclName();
2989     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2990     return true;
2991   }
2992 
2993   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2994     // C++1z [over.load]p2
2995     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2996     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
2997     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
2998 
2999     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3000     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3001     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3002     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3003     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3004     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3005       return true;
3006     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3007     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3008 
3009     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3010     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3011     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3012     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3013     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3014     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
3015         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
3016              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
3017              : OldType)->getReturnType();
3018     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
3019         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
3020              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
3021              : NewType)->getReturnType();
3022     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3023         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3024           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
3025       QualType ResQT;
3026       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3027           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3028         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3029       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3030         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3031           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3032               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3033         else
3034           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3035               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3036         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3037                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3038         return true;
3039       }
3040       else
3041         NewQType = ResQT;
3042     }
3043 
3044     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3045     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3046     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3047       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3048       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3049       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3050       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3051         New->setType(
3052             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3053                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3054                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3055         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3056             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3057                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3058                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3059       }
3060     }
3061 
3062     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3063     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3064     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3065       // Preserve triviality.
3066       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3067 
3068       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3069       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3070       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3071       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3072                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3073                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3074       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3075 
3076       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3077           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3078         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3079         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3080         //       is a static member function declaration.
3081         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3082           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3083           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3084           return true;
3085         }
3086 
3087         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3088         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3089         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3090         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3091         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
3092           unsigned NewDiag;
3093           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3094             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3095           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3096             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3097           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3098             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3099           else
3100             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3101 
3102           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3103         } else {
3104           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3105             << New << New->getType();
3106         }
3107         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3108         return true;
3109 
3110       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3111       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3112       //
3113       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3114       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3115       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3116         if (isFriend) {
3117           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3118         } else {
3119           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3120                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3121             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3122           return true;
3123         }
3124       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3125         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3126              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3127           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3128         return true;
3129       }
3130     }
3131 
3132     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3133     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3134     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3135     //   attribute.
3136     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3137     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3138       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3139       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3140            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3141     }
3142 
3143     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3144     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3145     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3146     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3147     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3148     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3149       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3150            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3151       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3152            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3153     }
3154 
3155     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3156     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3157     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3158     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3159 
3160     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3161     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3162     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3163       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3164       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3165         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3166       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3167       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3168     }
3169 
3170     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3171       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3172       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3173       //
3174       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3175       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3176       // linkage within class scope.
3177       //
3178       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3179       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3180         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3181         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3182       } else {
3183         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3184         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3185         return true;
3186       }
3187     }
3188 
3189     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
3190       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3191 
3192     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3193         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
3194       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
3195       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
3196       // when we instantiate the function.
3197       return false;
3198     }
3199 
3200     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3201   }
3202 
3203   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3204   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3205   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3206       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3207     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3208     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3209     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3210     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3211         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3212       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3213       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3214       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3215       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3216       NewQType =
3217           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3218                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3219       New->setType(NewQType);
3220       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3221 
3222       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3223       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3224       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3225         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3226                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3227                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3228                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3229         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3230         Param->setImplicit();
3231         Params.push_back(Param);
3232       }
3233 
3234       New->setParams(Params);
3235     }
3236 
3237     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3238   }
3239 
3240   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3241   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3242   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3243   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3244   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3245   // the prototype.
3246   //
3247   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3248   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3249   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3250   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3251   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3252       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3253       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3254       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3255     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3256     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3257     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3258       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3259     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3260       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3261 
3262     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3263     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3264                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3265     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3266     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3267          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3268       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3269       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3270       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3271                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3272         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3273       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3274                                             NewParm->getType(),
3275                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3276         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3277                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3278         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3279         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3280       } else
3281         LooseCompatible = false;
3282     }
3283 
3284     if (LooseCompatible) {
3285       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3286         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3287              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3288           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3289           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3290         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3291           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3292                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3293       }
3294 
3295       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3296         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3297                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3298       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3299     }
3300 
3301     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3302   }
3303 
3304   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3305   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3306 
3307   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3308   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3309   unsigned BuiltinID;
3310   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3311     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3312     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3313     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3314       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3315       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3316         << Old << Old->getType();
3317 
3318       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3319       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3320       //
3321       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3322       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3323       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3324       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3325       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3326       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3327         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3328 
3329       return false;
3330     }
3331 
3332     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3333   }
3334 
3335   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3336   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3337   return true;
3338 }
3339 
3340 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3341 /// known to be compatible.
3342 ///
3343 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3344 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3345 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3346 /// redeclaration of Old.
3347 ///
3348 /// \returns false
3349 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3350                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3351   // Merge the attributes
3352   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3353 
3354   // Merge "pure" flag.
3355   if (Old->isPure())
3356     New->setPure();
3357 
3358   // Merge "used" flag.
3359   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3360     New->setIsUsed();
3361 
3362   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3363   // declarations.
3364   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3365       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3366         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3367         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3368         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3369         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3370       }
3371 
3372   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3373     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3374 
3375   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3376   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3377   // was visible.
3378   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3379   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3380     New->setType(Merged);
3381 
3382   return false;
3383 }
3384 
3385 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3386                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3387   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3388   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3389     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3390       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3391       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3392                                                        : AMK_Override;
3393 
3394   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3395 
3396   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3397   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3398                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3399   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3400          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3401        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3402     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3403 
3404   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3405 }
3406 
3407 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3408   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3409 
3410   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3411          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3412          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3413     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3414 
3415   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3416   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3417   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3418     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3419   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3420   New->setInvalidDecl();
3421 }
3422 
3423 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3424 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3425 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3426 ///
3427 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3428 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3429 /// is attached.
3430 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3431                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3432   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3433     return;
3434 
3435   QualType MergedT;
3436   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3437     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3438       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3439       return;
3440     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3441       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3442       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3443     }
3444     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3445     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3446     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3447     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3448     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3449     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3450       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3451       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3452 
3453       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3454       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3455       // mismatch.
3456       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3457         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3458              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3459           const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType());
3460           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3461             continue;
3462 
3463           if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy))
3464             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3465         }
3466       }
3467 
3468       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3469         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3470                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3471           MergedT = New->getType();
3472       }
3473       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3474       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3475       // visible.
3476       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3477         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3478                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3479           MergedT = Old->getType();
3480       }
3481     }
3482     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3483                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3484       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3485                                               Old->getType());
3486     }
3487   } else {
3488     // C 6.2.7p2:
3489     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3490     //   compatible type.
3491     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3492   }
3493   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3494     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3495     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3496     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3497     // equivalent.
3498     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3499     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3500          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3501       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3502       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3503       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3504       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3505         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3506       return;
3507     }
3508     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3509   }
3510 
3511   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3512   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3513   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3514     New->setType(MergedT);
3515 }
3516 
3517 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3518                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3519   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3520   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3521   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3522   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3523   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3524   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3525   //
3526   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3527   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3528     return false;
3529 
3530   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3531     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3532     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3533     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3534     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3535     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3536            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3537             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3538   } else {
3539     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3540     // type unless we're in the same function.
3541     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3542            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3543   }
3544 }
3545 
3546 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3547 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3548 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3549 ///
3550 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3551 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3552 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3553 ///
3554 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3555   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3556   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3557     return;
3558 
3559   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
3560     return;
3561 
3562   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3563 
3564   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3565   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3566   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3567   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3568     if (NewTemplate) {
3569       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3570       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3571 
3572       if (auto *Shadow =
3573               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3574         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3575           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3576     } else {
3577       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3578 
3579       if (auto *Shadow =
3580               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3581         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3582           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3583     }
3584   }
3585   if (!Old) {
3586     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3587       << New->getDeclName();
3588     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3589          diag::note_previous_definition);
3590     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3591   }
3592 
3593   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3594   if (NewTemplate &&
3595       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3596                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3597                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3598     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3599 
3600   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3601   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3602   //
3603   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3604   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3605     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3606       << New->getIdentifier();
3607     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3608     New->setInvalidDecl();
3609   }
3610 
3611   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3612   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3613   // declaration
3614   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3615       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3616       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3617     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3618     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3619     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3620     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3621   }
3622 
3623   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3624       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3625     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3626         << New->getDeclName();
3627     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3628     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3629   }
3630 
3631   // Merge the types.
3632   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3633   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3634     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3635                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3636     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3637       return;
3638   }
3639 
3640   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3641   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3642     return;
3643 
3644   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3645   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3646   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3647       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3648 
3649   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3650   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3651       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3652       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3653     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3654       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3655           << New->getDeclName();
3656       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3657     } else {
3658       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3659           << New->getDeclName();
3660       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3661       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3662     }
3663   }
3664   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3665   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3666   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3667   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3668   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3669   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3670   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3671   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3672   //   identifier has external linkage.
3673   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3674     /* Okay */;
3675   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3676            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3677            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3678     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3679     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3680     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3681   }
3682 
3683   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3684   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3685       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3686     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3687     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3688     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3689   }
3690   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3691       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3692     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3693     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3694     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3695   }
3696 
3697   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3698 
3699   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3700   // need to check for mismatches.
3701   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3702       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3703       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3704         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3705     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3706     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3707     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3708   }
3709 
3710   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
3711     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3712       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
3713       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
3714       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
3715       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
3716       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3717     }
3718   }
3719 
3720   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3721   // UndefinedButUsed.
3722   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
3723       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3724     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3725                                            SourceLocation()));
3726 
3727   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3728     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3729       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3730       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3731     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3732       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3733       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3734     } else {
3735       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3736       // static and dynamic initialization.
3737       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3738       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3739       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3740         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3741       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3742     }
3743   }
3744 
3745   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3746   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3747       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
3748     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
3749         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
3750       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
3751       Diag(New->getLocation(),
3752            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
3753     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3754       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
3755         return;
3756     }
3757   }
3758 
3759   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3760     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3761     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3762     New->setInvalidDecl();
3763     return;
3764   }
3765 
3766   // Merge "used" flag.
3767   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3768     New->setIsUsed();
3769 
3770   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3771   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3772   if (NewTemplate)
3773     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3774 
3775   // Inherit access appropriately.
3776   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3777   if (NewTemplate)
3778     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3779 
3780   if (Old->isInline())
3781     New->setImplicitlyInline();
3782 }
3783 
3784 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
3785 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
3786 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
3787   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
3788       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3789        New->isInline() ||
3790        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3791        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3792        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3793     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3794     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
3795     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
3796 
3797     // Make the canonical definition visible.
3798     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
3799       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation());
3800     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation());
3801     return false;
3802   } else {
3803     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3804     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3805     New->setInvalidDecl();
3806     return true;
3807   }
3808 }
3809 
3810 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3811 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3812 Decl *
3813 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3814                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3815   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
3816                                     AnonRecord);
3817 }
3818 
3819 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3820 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3821 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3822 // compatibility.
3823 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3824 // targeted.
3825 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3826   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3827              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3828              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3829 }
3830 
3831 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3832   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3833     return;
3834 
3835   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3836     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3837     // it is anonymous.
3838     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3839       return;
3840     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3841         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3842     Context.setManglingNumber(
3843         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3844                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3845     return;
3846   }
3847 
3848   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3849   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3850   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3851           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3852     Context.setManglingNumber(
3853         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3854                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3855   }
3856 }
3857 
3858 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3859                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3860   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
3861     return;
3862 
3863   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
3864   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
3865     return;
3866 
3867   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3868   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3869 
3870   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3871   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3872                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
3873     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3874       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
3875     return;
3876   }
3877 
3878   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3879   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3880   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3881   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3882   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3883   // for how to handle it.
3884   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3885     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3886 
3887     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3888     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3889 
3890     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3891     textToInsert += ' ';
3892     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3893     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3894         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3895     return;
3896   }
3897 
3898   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3899   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3900 }
3901 
3902 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3903   switch (T) {
3904   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3905     return 0;
3906   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3907     return 1;
3908   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3909     return 2;
3910   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3911     return 3;
3912   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3913     return 4;
3914   default:
3915     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3916   }
3917 }
3918 
3919 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3920 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3921 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3922 Decl *
3923 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3924                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3925                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
3926                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3927   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3928   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3929   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3930       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3931       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3932       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3933       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3934     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3935 
3936     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3937       return nullptr;
3938 
3939     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3940     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3941     // it's a Type.
3942     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3943       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3944     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3945       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3946   }
3947 
3948   if (Tag) {
3949     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3950     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3951     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3952       return Tag;
3953   }
3954 
3955   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3956     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3957     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3958     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3959       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3960            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3961            << DS.getSourceRange();
3962   }
3963 
3964   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
3965     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
3966         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
3967 
3968   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3969     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3970     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3971     if (Tag)
3972       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3973           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3974     else
3975       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3976     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3977     return TagD;
3978   }
3979 
3980   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3981     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3982     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3983     // its initializer.
3984     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3985     return TagD;
3986   }
3987 
3988   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3989 
3990   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3991     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3992     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3993     if (TagD && !Tag)
3994       return nullptr;
3995     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3996   }
3997 
3998   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3999   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4000     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4001   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4002       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4003       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4004     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4005     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4006     // or an explicit specialization.
4007     //
4008     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4009     // obvious intent of DR1819.
4010     //
4011     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4012     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4013         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4014     return nullptr;
4015   }
4016 
4017   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4018   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4019 
4020   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4021   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4022     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4023         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4024       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4025           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4026         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4027         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4028         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4029         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4030         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4031         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4032         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4033         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4034           AnonRecord = Record;
4035         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4036                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4037       }
4038 
4039       DeclaresAnything = false;
4040     }
4041   }
4042 
4043   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4044   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4045   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4046   //
4047   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4048   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4049   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4050       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4051     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4052     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4053     //   struct STRUCT;
4054     //   union UNION;
4055     // and
4056     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4057     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4058     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4059         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4060       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4061       if (Tag)
4062         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4063       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4064                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4065         Record = RT->getDecl();
4066       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4067         Record = UT->getDecl();
4068 
4069       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4070         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4071           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4072         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4073       }
4074 
4075       DeclaresAnything = false;
4076     }
4077   }
4078 
4079   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4080   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4081       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4082     return TagD;
4083 
4084   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4085       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4086     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4087       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4088           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4089         DeclaresAnything = false;
4090 
4091   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4092     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4093     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4094       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4095         << DS.getSourceRange();
4096     else
4097       DeclaresAnything = false;
4098   }
4099 
4100   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4101       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4102     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4103       << Tag->getTagKind()
4104       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4105 
4106   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4107 
4108   // C 6.7/2:
4109   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4110   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4111   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4112   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4113   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4114   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4115   //   previous declaration.
4116   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4117     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4118     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4119     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
4120     return TagD;
4121   }
4122 
4123   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4124   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4125   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4126   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4127   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4128   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4129   //
4130   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4131   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4132   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4133     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4134 
4135   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4136   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4137   // useless.
4138   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4139     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4140       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4141       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4142       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4143     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4144       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4145         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4146   }
4147 
4148   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4149     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4150       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4151   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4152     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4153       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4154     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4155       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4156     // Restrict is covered above.
4157     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4158       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4159     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4160       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4161   }
4162 
4163   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4164   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4165   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4166   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4167     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4168     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4169         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4170         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4171         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4172         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4173       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
4174            attrs = attrs->getNext())
4175         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4176             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4177     }
4178   }
4179 
4180   return TagD;
4181 }
4182 
4183 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4184 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4185 ///
4186 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4187 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4188                                          Scope *S,
4189                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4190                                          DeclarationName Name,
4191                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4192                                          bool IsUnion) {
4193   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4194                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4195   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4196 
4197   // Pick a representative declaration.
4198   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4199   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4200 
4201   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4202     return false;
4203 
4204   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4205     << IsUnion << Name;
4206   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4207 
4208   return true;
4209 }
4210 
4211 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4212 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4213 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4214 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4215 /// struct, e.g.,
4216 ///
4217 /// @code
4218 /// union {
4219 ///   int i;
4220 ///   float f;
4221 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4222 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4223 /// @endcode
4224 ///
4225 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4226 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4227 static bool
4228 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4229                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4230                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4231   bool Invalid = false;
4232 
4233   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4234   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4235     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4236         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4237       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4238       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4239                                        VD->getLocation(),
4240                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4241         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4242         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4243         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4244         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4245         Invalid = true;
4246       } else {
4247         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4248         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4249         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4250         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4251         //   anonymous union is declared.
4252         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4253         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4254           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4255         else
4256           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4257 
4258         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4259         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4260           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4261         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4262           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4263 
4264         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4265             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4266             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4267 
4268         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4269           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4270 
4271         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4272         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4273         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4274 
4275         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4276         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4277 
4278         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4279       }
4280     }
4281   }
4282 
4283   return Invalid;
4284 }
4285 
4286 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4287 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4288 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4289 static StorageClass
4290 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4291   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4292   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4293          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4294   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4295   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4296   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4297     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4298       return SC_None;
4299     return SC_Extern;
4300   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4301   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4302   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4303   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4304     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4305   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4306   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4307   }
4308   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4309 }
4310 
4311 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4312   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4313 
4314   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4315     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4316     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4317       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4318     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4319       return FD->getLocation();
4320   }
4321 
4322   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4323 }
4324 
4325 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4326                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4327   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4328     return;
4329 
4330   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4331   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4332 }
4333 
4334 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4335                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4336   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4337     return;
4338 
4339   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4340 }
4341 
4342 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4343 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4344 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4345 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4346 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4347                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4348                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4349                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4350   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4351 
4352   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4353   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4354     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4355   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4356     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4357   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4358     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4359 
4360   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4361   // structs/unions.
4362   bool Invalid = false;
4363   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4364     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4365     unsigned DiagID;
4366     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4367       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4368       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4369       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4370       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4371           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4372            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4373             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4374         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4375           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4376 
4377         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4378         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4379                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4380       }
4381       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4382       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4383       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4384       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4385                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4386         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4387              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4388           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4389 
4390         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4391         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4392                                SourceLocation(),
4393                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4394       }
4395     }
4396 
4397     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4398     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4399       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4400         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4401           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4402           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4403       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4404         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4405              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4406           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4407           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4408       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4409         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4410              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4411           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4412           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4413       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4414         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4415              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4416           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4417           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4418       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4419         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
4420              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4421           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
4422           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
4423 
4424       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4425     }
4426 
4427     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4428     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4429     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4430     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4431     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4432       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4433         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4434         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4435         //   members (clause 11).
4436         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4437         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4438           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4439             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4440           Invalid = true;
4441         }
4442 
4443         // C++ [class.union]p1
4444         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4445         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4446         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4447         //   array of such objects.
4448         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4449           Invalid = true;
4450       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4451         // Any implicit members are fine.
4452       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4453         // This is a type that showed up in an
4454         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4455         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4456         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4457       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4458         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4459             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4460           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4461           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4462             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4463               << Record->isUnion();
4464           else {
4465             // This is a nested type declaration.
4466             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4467               << Record->isUnion();
4468             Invalid = true;
4469           }
4470         } else {
4471           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4472           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4473           // not part of standard C++.
4474           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4475                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4476             << Record->isUnion();
4477         }
4478       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4479         // Any access specifier is fine.
4480       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4481         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4482       } else {
4483         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4484         // member. Complain about it.
4485         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4486         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4487           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4488         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4489           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4490         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4491           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4492 
4493         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4494         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4495             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4496           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4497             << Record->isUnion();
4498         else {
4499           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
4500           Invalid = true;
4501         }
4502       }
4503     }
4504 
4505     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4506     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4507     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4508     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4509         Owner->isRecord())
4510       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4511                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4512   }
4513 
4514   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4515     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4516       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4517     Invalid = true;
4518   }
4519 
4520   // Mock up a declarator.
4521   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4522   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4523   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4524 
4525   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4526   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4527   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4528     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4529                              DS.getLocStart(),
4530                              Record->getLocation(),
4531                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4532                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4533                              TInfo,
4534                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4535                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4536     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4537     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4538       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4539   } else {
4540     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4541     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4542     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4543       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4544       // an error here
4545       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4546       Invalid = true;
4547       SC = SC_None;
4548     }
4549 
4550     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4551                            DS.getLocStart(),
4552                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4553                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4554                            TInfo, SC);
4555 
4556     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4557     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4558     // initializer:
4559     //   union { int n = 0; };
4560     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
4561   }
4562   Anon->setImplicit();
4563 
4564   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4565   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4566 
4567   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4568   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4569   // its members.
4570   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4571 
4572   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4573   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4574   // purposes.
4575   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4576   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4577 
4578   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
4579     Invalid = true;
4580 
4581   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4582     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4583       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4584       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4585               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4586         Context.setManglingNumber(
4587             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4588                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4589         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4590       }
4591     }
4592   }
4593 
4594   if (Invalid)
4595     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4596 
4597   return Anon;
4598 }
4599 
4600 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4601 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4602 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4603 /// Example:
4604 ///
4605 /// struct A { int a; };
4606 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4607 ///
4608 /// void foo() {
4609 ///   B var;
4610 ///   var.a = 3;
4611 /// }
4612 ///
4613 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4614                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4615   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4616 
4617   // Mock up a declarator.
4618   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4619   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4620   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4621 
4622   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4623   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4624 
4625   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4626   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4627                              ParentDecl,
4628                              DS.getLocStart(),
4629                              DS.getLocStart(),
4630                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4631                              RecTy,
4632                              TInfo,
4633                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4634                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4635   Anon->setImplicit();
4636 
4637   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4638   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4639 
4640   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4641   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4642   // purposes.
4643   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4644   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4645 
4646   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4647   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4648                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4649       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4650                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
4651     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4652     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4653   }
4654 
4655   return Anon;
4656 }
4657 
4658 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4659 /// given Declarator.
4660 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4661   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4662 }
4663 
4664 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4665 DeclarationNameInfo
4666 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4667   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4668   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4669 
4670   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4671 
4672   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4673   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4674     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4675     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4676     return NameInfo;
4677 
4678   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4679     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4680                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4681     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4682     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4683       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4684     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4685       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4686     return NameInfo;
4687 
4688   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4689     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4690                                                            Name.Identifier));
4691     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4692     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4693     return NameInfo;
4694 
4695   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4696     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4697     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4698     if (Ty.isNull())
4699       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4700     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4701                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4702     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4703     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4704     return NameInfo;
4705   }
4706 
4707   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4708     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4709     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4710     if (Ty.isNull())
4711       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4712     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4713                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4714     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4715     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4716     return NameInfo;
4717   }
4718 
4719   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4720     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4721     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4722     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4723     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4724     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4725       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4726 
4727     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4728     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4729 
4730     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4731     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4732     // was qualified.
4733 
4734     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4735                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4736     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4737     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4738     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4739     return NameInfo;
4740   }
4741 
4742   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4743     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4744     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4745     if (Ty.isNull())
4746       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4747     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4748                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4749     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4750     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4751     return NameInfo;
4752   }
4753 
4754   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4755     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4756     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4757     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4758   }
4759 
4760   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4761 
4762   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4763 }
4764 
4765 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4766   do {
4767     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4768       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4769     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4770       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4771     else
4772       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4773   } while (true);
4774 }
4775 
4776 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4777 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4778 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4779 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4780 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4781 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4782 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4783 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4784                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4785                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4786                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4787   Params.clear();
4788   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4789     return false;
4790   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4791     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4792     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4793 
4794     // The parameter types are identical
4795     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4796       continue;
4797 
4798     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4799     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4800     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4801     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4802 
4803     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4804         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4805       Params.push_back(Idx);
4806     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4807       return false;
4808   }
4809 
4810   return true;
4811 }
4812 
4813 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4814 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4815 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4816 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4817 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4818 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4819                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4820   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4821   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4822   //   - types which will become injected class names
4823   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4824   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4825   // few cases here.
4826 
4827   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4828   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4829   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4830   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4831   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4832   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4833     // Grab the type from the parser.
4834     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4835     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4836     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4837 
4838     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4839     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4840     // attached already.
4841     if (!TSI)
4842       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4843 
4844     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4845     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4846     if (!TSI) return true;
4847 
4848     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4849     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4850     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4851     break;
4852   }
4853 
4854   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4855   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4856     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4857     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4858     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4859     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4860     break;
4861   }
4862 
4863   default:
4864     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4865     break;
4866   }
4867 
4868   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4869   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4870     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4871 
4872     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4873     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4874     // pointer.
4875     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4876       continue;
4877 
4878     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4879     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4880     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4881       return true;
4882   }
4883 
4884   return false;
4885 }
4886 
4887 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4888   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4889   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4890 
4891   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4892       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4893     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4894 
4895   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
4896     setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl);
4897 
4898   return Dcl;
4899 }
4900 
4901 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4902 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4903 ///   name different from T:
4904 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4905 ///     - every member function of class T
4906 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4907 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4908 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4909                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4910   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4911 
4912   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4913   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
4914     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
4915   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4916     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4917     return true;
4918   }
4919 
4920   return false;
4921 }
4922 
4923 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4924 /// nested-name-specifier.
4925 ///
4926 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4927 ///
4928 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4929 /// resolves.
4930 ///
4931 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4932 ///
4933 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4934 ///
4935 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4936 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4937                                         DeclarationName Name,
4938                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4939   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4940   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4941     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4942 
4943   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4944   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4945   //
4946   // class X {
4947   //   void X::f();
4948   // };
4949   //
4950   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4951   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4952   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4953     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4954       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4955                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4956         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4957       SS.clear();
4958     } else {
4959       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4960     }
4961     return false;
4962   }
4963 
4964   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4965   // declaration.
4966   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4967     if (Cur->isRecord())
4968       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4969         << Name << SS.getRange();
4970     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4971       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4972         << Name << SS.getRange();
4973     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4974       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4975         << Name << SS.getRange();
4976     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4977       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4978         << Name << SS.getRange();
4979     else
4980       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4981       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4982 
4983     return true;
4984   }
4985 
4986   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4987     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4988     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4989       << Name << SS.getRange();
4990     SS.clear();
4991 
4992     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4993     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4994     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4995     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4996          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4997         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4998                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4999       return true;
5000 
5001     return false;
5002   }
5003 
5004   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5005   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5006   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5007   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5008   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5009     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5010   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5011         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5012     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5013       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5014 
5015   return false;
5016 }
5017 
5018 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5019                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5020   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5021   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5022   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5023 
5024   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
5025   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5026   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5027     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5028   } else if (!Name) {
5029     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5030       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5031            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5032         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5033     return nullptr;
5034   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5035     return nullptr;
5036 
5037   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
5038   // we find one that is.
5039   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5040          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5041     S = S->getParent();
5042 
5043   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5044   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5045     D.setInvalidType();
5046   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5047     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5048                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5049       return nullptr;
5050 
5051     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5052     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5053     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5054       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5055       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5056       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5057       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5058       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5059            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5060         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5061         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5062       return nullptr;
5063     }
5064     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5065 
5066     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5067         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5068       return nullptr;
5069 
5070     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5071     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5072       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5073            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5074         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5075       return nullptr;
5076     }
5077     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5078       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
5079                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
5080         if (DC->isRecord())
5081           return nullptr;
5082 
5083         D.setInvalidType();
5084       }
5085     }
5086 
5087     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5088     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5089     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5090         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5091       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5092       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5093         D.setInvalidType();
5094     }
5095   }
5096 
5097   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5098   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5099 
5100   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5101     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
5102     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
5103     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
5104     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5105       return nullptr;
5106 
5107   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5108                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5109     D.setInvalidType();
5110 
5111   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5112                         ForRedeclaration);
5113 
5114   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5115   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5116     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5117     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5118 
5119     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5120     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5121     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5122     //
5123     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5124     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5125     // the same name.
5126     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5127       /* Do nothing*/;
5128     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5129              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5130               R->isFunctionType())) {
5131       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5132       CreateBuiltins =
5133           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5134     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5135                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5136       CreateBuiltins = true;
5137 
5138     if (IsLinkageLookup)
5139       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5140 
5141     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5142   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5143     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5144 
5145     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5146     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5147     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5148     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5149     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5150     //  thereof; [...]
5151     //
5152     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5153     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5154     // we want to match. For example, given:
5155     //
5156     //   class X {
5157     //     void f();
5158     //     void f(float);
5159     //   };
5160     //
5161     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5162     //
5163     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5164     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5165     // matches.
5166 
5167     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5168     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5169     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5170     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5171     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5172   }
5173 
5174   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5175       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5176     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5177     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5178       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5179                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5180 
5181     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5182     Previous.clear();
5183   }
5184 
5185   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5186   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5187   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
5188   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
5189   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5190       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5191     Previous.clear();
5192 
5193   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5194   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5195   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5196     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5197 
5198   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
5199     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
5200     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
5201     // template, declared in namespace scope
5202     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5203       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5204            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5205       return nullptr;
5206     }
5207 
5208     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5209       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5210            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
5211       return nullptr;
5212     }
5213   }
5214 
5215   NamedDecl *New;
5216 
5217   bool AddToScope = true;
5218   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5219     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5220       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5221       return nullptr;
5222     }
5223 
5224     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5225   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5226     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5227                                   TemplateParamLists,
5228                                   AddToScope);
5229   } else {
5230     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5231                                   AddToScope);
5232   }
5233 
5234   if (!New)
5235     return nullptr;
5236 
5237   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5238   // add it to the scope stack.
5239   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) {
5240     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
5241     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
5242     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
5243     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
5244     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
5245     if (!AddToContext)
5246       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
5247   }
5248 
5249   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5250     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5251 
5252   return New;
5253 }
5254 
5255 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5256 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5257 /// GCC compatibility).
5258 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5259                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5260                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5261                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5262   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5263   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5264   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5265   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5266   SizeIsNegative = false;
5267   Oversized = 0;
5268 
5269   if (T->isDependentType())
5270     return QualType();
5271 
5272   QualifierCollector Qs;
5273   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5274 
5275   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5276     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5277     QualType FixedType =
5278         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5279                                             Oversized);
5280     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5281     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5282     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5283   }
5284   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5285     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5286     QualType FixedType =
5287         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5288                                             Oversized);
5289     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5290     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5291     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5292   }
5293 
5294   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5295   if (!VLATy)
5296     return QualType();
5297   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
5298   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
5299     return QualType();
5300 
5301   llvm::APSInt Res;
5302   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5303       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
5304     return QualType();
5305 
5306   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5307   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5308     SizeIsNegative = true;
5309     return QualType();
5310   }
5311 
5312   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5313   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5314     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5315                                               Res);
5316   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5317     Oversized = Res;
5318     return QualType();
5319   }
5320 
5321   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5322                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5323 }
5324 
5325 static void
5326 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5327   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5328   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5329   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5330     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5331     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5332                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5333     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5334     return;
5335   }
5336   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5337     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5338     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5339                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5340     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5341     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5342     return;
5343   }
5344   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5345   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5346   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5347   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5348   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5349   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5350   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5351   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5352 }
5353 
5354 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5355 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5356 /// GCC compatibility).
5357 static TypeSourceInfo*
5358 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5359                                               ASTContext &Context,
5360                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5361                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5362   QualType FixedTy
5363     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5364                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5365   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5366     return nullptr;
5367   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5368   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5369                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5370   return FixedTInfo;
5371 }
5372 
5373 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5374 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5375 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5376 /// function-scope declarations.
5377 void
5378 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5379   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5380       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5381     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5382     return;
5383 
5384   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5385   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5386 }
5387 
5388 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5389   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5390   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5391   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5392 }
5393 
5394 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5395 /// does not identify a function.
5396 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5397   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5398   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
5399   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5400     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5401          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5402 
5403   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5404     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5405          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5406 
5407   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5408     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5409          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5410 }
5411 
5412 NamedDecl*
5413 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5414                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5415   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5416   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5417     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5418       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5419     D.setInvalidType();
5420     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5421     DC = CurContext;
5422     Previous.clear();
5423   }
5424 
5425   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5426 
5427   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
5428     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
5429         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
5430   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5431     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5432       << 1;
5433   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5434     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5435          diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5436 
5437   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5438     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5439       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5440     return nullptr;
5441   }
5442 
5443   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5444   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5445 
5446   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5447   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5448 
5449   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5450 
5451   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5452   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5453   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5454   return ND;
5455 }
5456 
5457 void
5458 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5459   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5460   // then it shall have block scope.
5461   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5462   // that redeclarations will match.
5463   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5464   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5465   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5466     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5467 
5468     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5469       bool SizeIsNegative;
5470       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5471       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5472         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5473                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5474                                                       Oversized);
5475       if (FixedTInfo) {
5476         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5477         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5478       } else {
5479         if (SizeIsNegative)
5480           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5481         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5482           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5483         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5484           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5485             << Oversized.toString(10);
5486         else
5487           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5488         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5489       }
5490     }
5491   }
5492 }
5493 
5494 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5495 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5496 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5497 NamedDecl*
5498 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5499                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5500   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5501   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5502   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5503                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5504   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5505   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5506     Redeclaration = true;
5507     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
5508   }
5509 
5510   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5511   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5512     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5513         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5514       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5515         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5516       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5517         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5518       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5519         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5520       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5521         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5522     }
5523 
5524   return NewTD;
5525 }
5526 
5527 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5528 /// previous declaration.
5529 ///
5530 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5531 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5532 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5533 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5534 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5535 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5536 ///
5537 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5538 /// lookup
5539 ///
5540 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5541 /// declared.
5542 ///
5543 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5544 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5545 static bool
5546 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5547                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5548   if (!PrevDecl)
5549     return false;
5550 
5551   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5552     return false;
5553 
5554   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5555     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5556     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5557     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5558     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5559     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5560     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5561     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5562     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5563       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5564       return false;
5565 
5566     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5567     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5568       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5569       return false;
5570 
5571     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5572     // previous declarations.
5573     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5574     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5575 
5576     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5577     // isn't the same function.
5578     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5579       return false;
5580   }
5581 
5582   return true;
5583 }
5584 
5585 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5586   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5587   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5588   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5589 }
5590 
5591 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5592   QualType type = decl->getType();
5593   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5594   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5595     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5596     unsigned kind = -1U;
5597     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5598       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5599         kind = 0; // __block
5600       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5601         kind = 1; // global
5602     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5603       kind = 3; // ivar
5604     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5605       kind = 2; // field
5606     }
5607 
5608     if (kind != -1U) {
5609       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5610         << kind;
5611     }
5612   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5613     // Try to infer lifetime.
5614     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5615       return false;
5616 
5617     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5618     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5619     decl->setType(type);
5620   }
5621 
5622   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5623     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5624     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5625         var->getTLSKind()) {
5626       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5627         << var->getType();
5628       return true;
5629     }
5630   }
5631 
5632   return false;
5633 }
5634 
5635 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5636   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5637   // the wrong linkage.
5638   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5639 
5640   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5641   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5642     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5643       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5644       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5645     }
5646   }
5647   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5648     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5649       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5650       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5651       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5652     }
5653   }
5654 
5655   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5656     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5657       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5658         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5659                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5660         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
5661         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5662       }
5663     }
5664   }
5665 
5666   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5667   // It does not apply to functions.
5668   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5669     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5670       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5671              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5672       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5673     }
5674   }
5675 
5676   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5677     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5678     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5679     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5680     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5681       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5682         << &ND << Attr;
5683       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5684     }
5685   }
5686 
5687   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
5688   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
5689     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
5690       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
5691         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
5692                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
5693             << Attr;
5694         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
5695       }
5696 }
5697 
5698 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5699                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5700                                            bool IsSpecialization,
5701                                            bool IsDefinition) {
5702   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5703     return;
5704 
5705   bool IsTemplate = false;
5706   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5707     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5708     IsTemplate = true;
5709     if (!IsSpecialization)
5710       IsDefinition = false;
5711   }
5712   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5713     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5714     IsTemplate = true;
5715   }
5716 
5717   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5718     return;
5719 
5720   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5721   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5722   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5723   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5724 
5725   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5726   // inherited attribute instances.
5727   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5728                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5729 
5730   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5731   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5732   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5733   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5734   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5735 
5736   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5737     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5738     bool JustWarn = false;
5739     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5740       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5741       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5742         JustWarn = true;
5743       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5744       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5745         JustWarn = true;
5746     }
5747 
5748     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5749     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5750     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5751     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5752       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5753         JustWarn = false;
5754 
5755     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5756                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5757     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5758         << NewDecl
5759         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5760     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5761     if (!JustWarn) {
5762       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5763       return;
5764     }
5765   }
5766 
5767   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5768   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
5769   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
5770   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
5771   // it were marked dllexport.
5772   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5773   bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
5774   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5775     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5776     // separately.
5777     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5778     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
5779                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
5780   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5781     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5782     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5783                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5784   }
5785 
5786   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
5787       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5788       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5789     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
5790       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5791              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
5792           << NewDecl;
5793       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5794       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5795       NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr(
5796           NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context,
5797           NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex()));
5798     } else {
5799       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5800              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5801           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5802       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5803       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5804       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5805       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5806     }
5807   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
5808     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5809     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5810     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5811     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5812            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5813         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5814   }
5815 }
5816 
5817 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5818 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5819 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5820 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5821   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5822 
5823   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5824   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5825 
5826   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5827   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5828     return false;
5829 
5830   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5831   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5832 }
5833 
5834 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5835 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5836 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5837 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5838 ///
5839 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5840 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5841 ///
5842 /// For instance:
5843 ///
5844 ///   auto x = []{};
5845 ///
5846 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5847 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5848 ///
5849 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5850 template<typename T>
5851 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5852   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5853     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5854     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5855       return false;
5856 
5857     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
5858     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
5859                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
5860       return false;
5861   }
5862   return D->isExternC();
5863 }
5864 
5865 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5866   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5867   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5868     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5869   if (DC->isFileContext())
5870     return true;
5871   if (DC->isRecord())
5872     return false;
5873   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5874 }
5875 
5876 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5877   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5878   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
5879       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5880     return true;
5881   if (DC->isRecord())
5882     return false;
5883   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5884 }
5885 
5886 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5887                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5888   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5889     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5890       return true;
5891   return false;
5892 }
5893 
5894 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5895                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5896   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5897   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5898     return true;
5899 
5900   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5901   // position to the decl itself.
5902   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5903     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5904       return true;
5905   }
5906 
5907   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5908   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5909 }
5910 
5911 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5912 /// function-local external declaration.
5913 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5914   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5915     return false;
5916 
5917   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5918   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5919   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5920   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5921     return true;
5922 
5923   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5924   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5925   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5926   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5927   //
5928   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5929   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5930   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5931     DC = DC->getParent();
5932   return true;
5933 }
5934 
5935 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5936 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5937   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5938     return FD->isExternC();
5939   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5940     return VD->isExternC();
5941 
5942   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5943 }
5944 
5945 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
5946     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5947     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5948     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
5949   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5950   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5951 
5952   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5953 
5954   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5955     AddToScope = false;
5956     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
5957     // purposes.
5958     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
5959     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
5960       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
5961       Name = II;
5962     }
5963   } else if (!II) {
5964     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5965       << Name;
5966     return nullptr;
5967   }
5968 
5969   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5970     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
5971     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
5972     // argument.
5973     if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
5974       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5975            diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
5976           << R;
5977       D.setInvalidType();
5978       return nullptr;
5979     }
5980 
5981     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
5982     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5983     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
5984     // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope.
5985     if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
5986       if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
5987         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5988              diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R;
5989         D.setInvalidType();
5990         return nullptr;
5991       }
5992     }
5993 
5994     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5995     QualType NR = R;
5996     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5997       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5998         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5999         D.setInvalidType();
6000         break;
6001       }
6002       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6003     }
6004 
6005     if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) {
6006       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6007       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6008       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6009         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6010         D.setInvalidType();
6011       }
6012     }
6013 
6014     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6015     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6016     // space qualifiers.
6017     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6018       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
6019       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6020     }
6021 
6022     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6023     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6024     // address space qualifiers.
6025     if (R->isEventT()) {
6026       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
6027         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6028         D.setInvalidType();
6029       }
6030     }
6031   }
6032 
6033   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6034   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6035 
6036   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6037   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6038   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6039       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
6040       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
6041     SC = SC_Extern;
6042 
6043   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6044   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6045                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6046 
6047   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6048     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6049     // an error here
6050     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6051     D.setInvalidType();
6052     SC = SC_None;
6053   }
6054 
6055   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6056       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6057                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6058     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6059     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6060     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6061     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6062          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6063                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6064       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6065   }
6066 
6067   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6068 
6069   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6070     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6071     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6072     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6073     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6074       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6075       D.setInvalidType();
6076     }
6077   }
6078 
6079   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
6080   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6081   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6082   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6083   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6084   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6085   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6086   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6087     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6088                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6089                             R, TInfo, SC);
6090 
6091     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6092       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6093 
6094     if (D.isInvalidType())
6095       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6096   } else {
6097     bool Invalid = false;
6098 
6099     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6100       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6101       switch (SC) {
6102       case SC_None:
6103         break;
6104       case SC_Static:
6105         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6106              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6107           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6108         break;
6109       case SC_Auto:
6110       case SC_Register:
6111       case SC_Extern:
6112         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6113         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6114         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6115         // of class members
6116 
6117         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6118              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6119           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6120         break;
6121       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6122         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6123       }
6124     }
6125 
6126     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6127       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6128         if (RD->isLocalClass())
6129           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6130                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6131             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
6132 
6133         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6134         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6135         if (RD->isUnion())
6136           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6137                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6138                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6139                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6140         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
6141         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
6142           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6143                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6144             << Name << RD->isUnion();
6145       }
6146     }
6147 
6148     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6149     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6150     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6151         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6152         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6153         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6154             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6155             : nullptr,
6156         TemplateParamLists,
6157         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
6158 
6159     if (TemplateParams) {
6160       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6161           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6162         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6163         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6164         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6165              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6166           << II
6167           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6168                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6169         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6170       } else {
6171         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6172           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6173           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
6174           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6175           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6176         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6177           // This is a template declaration.
6178           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6179 
6180           // Check that we can declare a template here.
6181           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6182             return nullptr;
6183 
6184           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6185           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6186                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6187                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6188                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
6189         }
6190       }
6191     } else {
6192       assert(
6193           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
6194           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
6195     }
6196 
6197     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6198       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
6199           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
6200               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
6201               : SourceLocation();
6202       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6203           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
6204           IsPartialSpecialization);
6205       if (Res.isInvalid())
6206         return nullptr;
6207       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
6208       AddToScope = false;
6209     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6210       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6211                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
6212                                         Bindings);
6213     } else
6214       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6215                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
6216 
6217     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
6218     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
6219       NewTemplate =
6220           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
6221                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
6222       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
6223     }
6224 
6225     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
6226     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
6227     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6228       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6229 
6230     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
6231       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6232       if (NewTemplate)
6233         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6234     }
6235 
6236     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
6237 
6238     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
6239     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
6240     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
6241     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
6242       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
6243           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
6244 
6245     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6246       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
6247       // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
6248       //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
6249       //   implicitly an inline variable.
6250       if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z)
6251         NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
6252     }
6253 
6254     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
6255       if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6256         VTD->setConcept();
6257 
6258       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
6259       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
6260       // specifiers, [...]
6261       if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) {
6262         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6263              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6264             << 0 << 0;
6265         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6266       }
6267 
6268       if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6269         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
6270              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6271             << 0 << 3;
6272         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6273       }
6274 
6275       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
6276       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
6277       // template, declared in namespace scope.
6278       if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6279         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
6280              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization)
6281             << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1);
6282       }
6283 
6284       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the
6285       // following restrictions:
6286       // - The declared type shall have the type bool.
6287       if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) &&
6288           !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6289         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl);
6290         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6291       }
6292     }
6293   }
6294 
6295   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
6296     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6297       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6298           << 0;
6299     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6300       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
6301       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6302            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6303         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6304     } else {
6305       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6306            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
6307                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
6308       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
6309     }
6310   }
6311 
6312   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
6313   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6314   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6315   if (NewTemplate)
6316     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6317 
6318   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
6319     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
6320       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6321         B->setLocalExternDecl();
6322     else
6323       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
6324   }
6325 
6326   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
6327   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
6328     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
6329     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
6330     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
6331     //   explicitly.
6332     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
6333     //   'extern'.
6334     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
6335         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
6336          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
6337          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
6338       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6339            diag::err_thread_non_global)
6340         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6341     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
6342       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6343         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
6344         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
6345         // error should be ignored.
6346         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
6347         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
6348         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
6349         // to emit any code for it.
6350         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6351       } else
6352         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6353              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6354     } else
6355       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6356   }
6357 
6358   // C99 6.7.4p3
6359   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
6360   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
6361   //   thread storage duration...
6362   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
6363   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
6364   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
6365   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
6366   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
6367   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6368       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
6369     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6370     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
6371       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6372            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
6373       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
6374     }
6375   }
6376 
6377   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6378     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6379       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6380           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
6381           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6382                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6383     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
6384       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6385         << 2
6386         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6387     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6388       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6389         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
6390         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6391         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6392     else {
6393       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
6394       if (NewTemplate)
6395         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6396       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6397         B->setModulePrivate();
6398     }
6399   }
6400 
6401   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6402   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
6403 
6404   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6405     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
6406       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6407            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6408     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
6409     // storage [duration]."
6410     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6411         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6412          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6413       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6414     }
6415   }
6416 
6417   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6418   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6419   // check the VarDecl itself.
6420   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6421          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6422          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6423 
6424   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6425   // retainable type.
6426   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6427     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6428 
6429   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6430   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6431     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6432     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6433     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6434     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6435       switch (SC) {
6436       case SC_None:
6437       case SC_Auto:
6438         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6439         break;
6440       case SC_Register:
6441         // Local Named register
6442         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6443             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6444           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6445         break;
6446       case SC_Static:
6447       case SC_Extern:
6448       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6449         break;
6450       }
6451     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6452       // Global Named register
6453       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
6454         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
6455         bool HasSizeMismatch;
6456 
6457         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6458           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6459         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
6460                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
6461                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
6462           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
6463         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
6464           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
6465       }
6466 
6467       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6468         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6469         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6470       }
6471     }
6472 
6473     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6474                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6475   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6476     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6477       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6478     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6479       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6480         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6481         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6482       } else
6483         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6484             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6485     }
6486   }
6487 
6488   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6489   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
6490                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
6491                                 : nullptr;
6492 
6493   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6494   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6495   // declaration has linkage).
6496   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6497                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6498                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6499                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6500 
6501   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6502   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6503   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6504       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6505     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6506         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6507         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6508 
6509   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6510     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6511   } else {
6512     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6513     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6514         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6515       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6516 
6517     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6518     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6519       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6520           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6521           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6522         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6523         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6524         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6525           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6526         Previous.clear();
6527         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6528       }
6529     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6530       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6531       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6532         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6533         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6534       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6535     }
6536 
6537     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6538       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6539 
6540     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...]
6541     // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a
6542     // concept definition.
6543     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization &&
6544         !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() &&
6545         Previous.isSingleResult()) {
6546       NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6547       if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) {
6548         if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) {
6549           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized)
6550               << 1                            /*variable*/
6551               << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/
6552                                           : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/);
6553           Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6554           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6555         }
6556       }
6557     }
6558 
6559     if (NewTemplate) {
6560       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6561           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6562               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6563               : nullptr;
6564 
6565       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6566       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6567       // template declaration.
6568       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6569               TemplateParams,
6570               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6571                               : nullptr,
6572               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6573                DC->isDependentContext())
6574                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6575                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6576         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6577 
6578       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6579       // template, make a note of that.
6580       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6581           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6582         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6583     }
6584   }
6585 
6586   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
6587   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
6588     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6589 
6590   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6591 
6592   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6593   // the map of such variables.
6594   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6595       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6596     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6597 
6598   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6599     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6600     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6601             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6602       Context.setManglingNumber(
6603           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6604                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6605       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6606     }
6607   }
6608 
6609   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6610   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6611       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6612       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6613 
6614     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6615     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6616     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6617       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6618 
6619     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6620     // behavior.
6621     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6622       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6623   }
6624 
6625   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6626     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6627         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6628         IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition());
6629   }
6630 
6631   if (NewTemplate) {
6632     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6633       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6634     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6635     return NewTemplate;
6636   }
6637 
6638   return NewVD;
6639 }
6640 
6641 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
6642 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field };
6643 
6644 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6645 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6646                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
6647   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
6648     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
6649   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
6650 }
6651 
6652 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
6653 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
6654 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
6655                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
6656   for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
6657     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
6658       return Capture.getLocation();
6659   }
6660   return SourceLocation();
6661 }
6662 
6663 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
6664 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
6665 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
6666                                         const LookupResult &R) {
6667   // Return if warning is ignored.
6668   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6669     return nullptr;
6670 
6671   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6672   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6673     return nullptr;
6674 
6675   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6676   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6677     return nullptr;
6678 
6679   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6680   return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)
6681              ? ShadowedDecl
6682              : nullptr;
6683 }
6684 
6685 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6686 /// -Wshadow.
6687 ///
6688 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6689 /// scope.
6690 ///
6691 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
6692 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6693 ///
6694 void Sema::CheckShadow(VarDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6695                        const LookupResult &R) {
6696   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6697 
6698   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
6699     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6700     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6701       if (MD->isStatic())
6702         return;
6703 
6704     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
6705     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
6706     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
6707       // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
6708       // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
6709       D = D->getCanonicalDecl();
6710       ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD});
6711       return;
6712     }
6713   }
6714 
6715   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6716     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6717       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6718       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6719       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6720         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6721           ShadowedDecl = I;
6722           break;
6723         }
6724     }
6725 
6726   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6727 
6728   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
6729   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
6730   if (isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
6731     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
6732       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
6733         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
6734           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
6735           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
6736           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
6737           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
6738           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6739             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
6740         } else {
6741           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
6742           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
6743           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
6744               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
6745           return;
6746         }
6747       }
6748     }
6749   }
6750 
6751   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6752   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6753     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6754     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6755       return;
6756 
6757     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6758     // static data members from base classes?
6759 
6760     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6761     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6762     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6763   }
6764 
6765 
6766   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6767 
6768   // Emit warning and note.
6769   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6770     return;
6771   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
6772   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6773   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6774     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
6775         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
6776   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6777 }
6778 
6779 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
6780 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
6781 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
6782   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
6783     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
6784     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
6785     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
6786     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6787     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
6788                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
6789                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
6790         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
6791         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
6792     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6793       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
6794           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
6795     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6796   }
6797 }
6798 
6799 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6800 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6801   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6802     return;
6803 
6804   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6805                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6806   LookupName(R, S);
6807   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
6808     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
6809 }
6810 
6811 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
6812 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
6813 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6814   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
6815   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
6816     return;
6817   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6818   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
6819   if (!DRE)
6820     return;
6821   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
6822   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
6823   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
6824     return;
6825   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
6826   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6827   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
6828   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
6829   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6830 
6831   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
6832   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
6833 }
6834 
6835 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6836 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6837 template<typename T>
6838 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6839     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6840   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6841   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6842 
6843   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6844     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6845     // declaration.
6846     return false;
6847   }
6848 
6849   if (Prev) {
6850     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6851       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6852       // redeclaration.
6853       Previous.clear();
6854       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6855       return true;
6856     }
6857 
6858     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6859     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6860     // declaration.
6861     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6862       return false;
6863   } else {
6864     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6865     // translation unit which might conflict.
6866     if (IsGlobal) {
6867       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6868       IsGlobal = false;
6869       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6870            I != E; ++I) {
6871         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6872           Prev = *I;
6873           break;
6874         }
6875       }
6876     } else {
6877       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6878           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6879       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6880            I != E; ++I) {
6881         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6882           Prev = *I;
6883           break;
6884         }
6885         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6886         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6887         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6888         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6889         // diagnostic.
6890       }
6891     }
6892 
6893     if (!Prev)
6894       return false;
6895   }
6896 
6897   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6898   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6899   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6900   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6901     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6902   else
6903     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6904 
6905   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6906     << IsGlobal << ND;
6907   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6908     << IsGlobal;
6909   return false;
6910 }
6911 
6912 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6913 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6914 ///
6915 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6916 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6917 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6918 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6919 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6920 template<typename T>
6921 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6922                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6923   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6924     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6925     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6926     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6927     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6928       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6929         Previous.clear();
6930         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6931         return true;
6932       }
6933     }
6934     return false;
6935   }
6936 
6937   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6938   // declaration.
6939   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6940     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6941 
6942   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6943   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6944   // in another scope.
6945   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6946     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6947 
6948   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6949   return false;
6950 }
6951 
6952 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6953   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6954   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6955     return;
6956 
6957   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6958   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6959 
6960   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6961   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6962     return;
6963 
6964   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6965     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6966 
6967   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6968     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6969       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6970     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6971     NewVD->setType(T);
6972   }
6973 
6974   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6975   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6976   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6977   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6978   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL
6979       && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6980     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6981     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6982     return;
6983   }
6984 
6985   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
6986   // scope.
6987   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
6988       !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") &&
6989       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6990     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6991     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6992     return;
6993   }
6994 
6995   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6996     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
6997     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6998       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
6999       return;
7000     }
7001 
7002     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
7003       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
7004       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
7005       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7006         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
7007             << 0 /*const*/;
7008         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7009         return;
7010       }
7011       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7012         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
7013         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7014         return;
7015       }
7016     }
7017     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
7018     // __constant address space.
7019     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
7020     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
7021     // address space.
7022     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
7023         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7024       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
7025           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7026             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
7027              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
7028         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
7029         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
7030           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7031               << Scope << "global or constant";
7032         else
7033           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7034               << Scope << "constant";
7035         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7036         return;
7037       }
7038     } else {
7039       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7040         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7041             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
7042         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7043         return;
7044       }
7045       // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables
7046       // in functions.
7047       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7048           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
7049         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7050         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7051           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7052             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7053                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
7054           else
7055             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7056                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
7057           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7058           return;
7059         }
7060       }
7061     }
7062   }
7063 
7064   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
7065       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7066     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7067       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
7068     else {
7069       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
7070       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
7071     }
7072   }
7073 
7074   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
7075   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7076       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7077     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7078 
7079   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7080       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7081     bool SizeIsNegative;
7082     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7083     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
7084       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
7085                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7086     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7087       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7088       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7089       // int a[10][n];
7090       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7091 
7092       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7093         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7094         << SizeRange;
7095       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7096         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7097         << SizeRange;
7098       else
7099         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7100         << SizeRange;
7101       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7102       return;
7103     }
7104 
7105     if (!FixedTInfo) {
7106       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7107         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7108       else
7109         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7110       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7111       return;
7112     }
7113 
7114     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
7115     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
7116     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
7117   }
7118 
7119   if (T->isVoidType()) {
7120     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
7121     //                    of objects and functions.
7122     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7123       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
7124         << T;
7125       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7126       return;
7127     }
7128   }
7129 
7130   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7131     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7132     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7133     return;
7134   }
7135 
7136   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7137     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
7138     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7139     return;
7140   }
7141 
7142   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
7143       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
7144                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
7145     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7146     return;
7147   }
7148 }
7149 
7150 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
7151 /// declaration.
7152 ///
7153 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
7154 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
7155 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
7156 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
7157 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
7158 ///
7159 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
7160 ///
7161 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
7162 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
7163   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
7164 
7165   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7166   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7167     return false;
7168 
7169   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
7170   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
7171   if (Previous.empty() &&
7172       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
7173     Previous.setShadowed();
7174 
7175   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7176     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
7177     return true;
7178   }
7179   return false;
7180 }
7181 
7182 namespace {
7183 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
7184   Sema *S;
7185   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
7186 
7187   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
7188   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
7189   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
7190   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
7191     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
7192         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7193 
7194     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
7195 
7196     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
7197     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7198       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
7199       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
7200       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
7201 
7202       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
7203     }
7204 
7205     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
7206          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
7207       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
7208       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7209         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
7210           return true;
7211       }
7212     }
7213 
7214     return false;
7215   }
7216 };
7217 
7218 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
7219 } // end anonymous namespace
7220 
7221 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
7222 /// overriden methods.
7223 ///
7224 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
7225 /// \param MD the overriding method.
7226 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
7227 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7228                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
7229   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
7230   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
7231                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
7232        I != E; ++I) {
7233     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
7234     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
7235     // out the diag loop 3 times.
7236     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
7237         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
7238         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
7239       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
7240   }
7241 }
7242 
7243 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
7244 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
7245 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7246   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
7247   CXXBasePaths Paths;
7248   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
7249   FOM.Method = MD;
7250   FOM.S = this;
7251   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7252   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7253   bool AddedAny = false;
7254   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
7255     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
7256       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
7257         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
7258         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
7259             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
7260             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
7261             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
7262           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
7263           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
7264           AddedAny = true;
7265         }
7266       }
7267     }
7268   }
7269 
7270   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
7271     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
7272   }
7273   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
7274     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
7275   }
7276 
7277   return AddedAny;
7278 }
7279 
7280 namespace {
7281   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
7282   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
7283   struct ActOnFDArgs {
7284     Scope *S;
7285     Declarator &D;
7286     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
7287     bool AddToScope;
7288   };
7289 } // end anonymous namespace
7290 
7291 namespace {
7292 
7293 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
7294 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
7295 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
7296  public:
7297   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
7298                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
7299       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
7300         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
7301 
7302   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
7303     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
7304       return false;
7305 
7306     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7307     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
7308                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
7309          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7310       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7311 
7312       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7313           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7314         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7315           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
7316           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
7317             return true;
7318         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
7319           return true;
7320         }
7321       }
7322     }
7323 
7324     return false;
7325   }
7326 
7327  private:
7328   ASTContext &Context;
7329   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
7330   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
7331 };
7332 
7333 } // end anonymous namespace
7334 
7335 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
7336 ///
7337 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
7338 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
7339 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
7340 /// the same name.
7341 ///
7342 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
7343 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
7344 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7345     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7346     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
7347   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
7348   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
7349   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7350   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
7351   TypoCorrection Correction;
7352   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
7353   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
7354                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
7355   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
7356                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
7357                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
7358                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
7359 
7360   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7361   if (IsLocalFriend)
7362     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
7363   else
7364     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
7365   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
7366          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
7367   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7368   if (!Prev.empty()) {
7369     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
7370          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
7371       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
7372       if (FD &&
7373           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7374         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
7375         // involve a parameter
7376         unsigned ParamNum =
7377             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
7378         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
7379       }
7380     }
7381   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
7382   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
7383                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
7384                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7385                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
7386                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
7387                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
7388     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
7389     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
7390                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7391     Previous.clear();
7392     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
7393     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
7394                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
7395          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7396       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7397       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7398           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7399         Previous.addDecl(FD);
7400       }
7401     }
7402     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
7403 
7404     NamedDecl *Result;
7405     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
7406     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
7407     {
7408       // Trap errors.
7409       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7410 
7411       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
7412       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
7413       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
7414       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
7415           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
7416           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
7417           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
7418           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
7419 
7420       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
7421         Result = nullptr;
7422     }
7423 
7424     if (Result) {
7425       // Determine which correction we picked.
7426       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
7427       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7428            I != E; ++I)
7429         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
7430           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
7431 
7432       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
7433           Correction,
7434           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
7435                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
7436                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
7437             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
7438       return Result;
7439     }
7440 
7441     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
7442     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
7443                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7444     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
7445     Previous.clear();
7446     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
7447   }
7448 
7449   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
7450       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
7451 
7452   bool NewFDisConst = false;
7453   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7454     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
7455 
7456   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
7457        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
7458        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
7459     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
7460     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
7461     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
7462     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
7463 
7464     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
7465     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
7466       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
7467       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
7468       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
7469       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
7470                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
7471         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
7472         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
7473     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
7474       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
7475           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
7476     } else
7477       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7478                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
7479                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
7480   }
7481   return nullptr;
7482 }
7483 
7484 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
7485   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
7486   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
7487   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
7488   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
7489   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
7490     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7491                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
7492     D.setInvalidType();
7493     break;
7494   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
7495   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
7496     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
7497       return SC_None;
7498     return SC_Extern;
7499   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
7500     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7501       // C99 6.7.1p5:
7502       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
7503       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
7504       //   other than extern
7505       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
7506       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7507                    diag::err_static_block_func);
7508       break;
7509     } else
7510       return SC_Static;
7511   }
7512   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
7513   }
7514 
7515   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
7516   return SC_None;
7517 }
7518 
7519 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
7520                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
7521                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7522                                            StorageClass SC,
7523                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
7524   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7525   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7526 
7527   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
7528   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7529 
7530   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7531     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7532     // prototype. This true when:
7533     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
7534     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
7535     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
7536     bool HasPrototype =
7537       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
7538       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
7539 
7540     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7541                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7542                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
7543                                  HasPrototype, false);
7544     if (D.isInvalidType())
7545       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7546 
7547     return NewFD;
7548   }
7549 
7550   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7551   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7552 
7553   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
7554   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7555   // the class has been completely parsed.
7556   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
7557       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
7558           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
7559           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
7560     D.setInvalidType();
7561 
7562   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
7563     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
7564     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
7565            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
7566 
7567     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7568     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7569                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7570                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
7571                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
7572                                       isConstexpr);
7573 
7574   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7575     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
7576     if (DC->isRecord()) {
7577       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7578       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
7579       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
7580                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
7581                                         D.getLocStart(),
7582                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
7583                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
7584 
7585       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
7586       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
7587       // it yet.
7588       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
7589           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
7590           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
7591         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
7592       }
7593 
7594       IsVirtualOkay = true;
7595       return NewDD;
7596 
7597     } else {
7598       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
7599       D.setInvalidType();
7600 
7601       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
7602       // code path.
7603       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7604                                   D.getLocStart(),
7605                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
7606                                   SC, isInline,
7607                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
7608     }
7609 
7610   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
7611     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
7612       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7613            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7614       return nullptr;
7615     }
7616 
7617     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7618     IsVirtualOkay = true;
7619     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7620                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7621                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7622                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7623 
7624   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7625     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7626     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7627     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7628     // constructor if it has no return type).
7629     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7630         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7631       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7632         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7633         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7634       return nullptr;
7635     }
7636 
7637     // This is a C++ method declaration.
7638     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7639                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7640                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7641                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
7642                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7643     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7644     return Ret;
7645   } else {
7646     bool isFriend =
7647         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7648     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7649       return nullptr;
7650 
7651     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7652     // prototype. This true when:
7653     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7654     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7655                                 D.getLocStart(),
7656                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7657                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7658   }
7659 }
7660 
7661 enum OpenCLParamType {
7662   ValidKernelParam,
7663   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7664   PtrKernelParam,
7665   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
7666   InvalidKernelParam,
7667   RecordKernelParam
7668 };
7669 
7670 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
7671   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7672     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7673     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7674       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7675     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
7676         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0)
7677       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
7678     return PtrKernelParam;
7679   }
7680 
7681   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7682   // be used as builtin types.
7683 
7684   if (PT->isImageType())
7685     return PtrKernelParam;
7686 
7687   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7688     return InvalidKernelParam;
7689 
7690   if (PT->isEventT())
7691     return InvalidKernelParam;
7692 
7693   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
7694   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
7695   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
7696   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType())
7697     return InvalidKernelParam;
7698 
7699   if (PT->isRecordType())
7700     return RecordKernelParam;
7701 
7702   return ValidKernelParam;
7703 }
7704 
7705 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7706   Sema &S,
7707   Declarator &D,
7708   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7709   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7710   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7711 
7712   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7713   // used again
7714   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7715     return;
7716 
7717   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
7718   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7719     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7720     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7721     // pointer to a pointer type.
7722     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7723     D.setInvalidType();
7724     return;
7725 
7726   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
7727     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
7728     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
7729     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
7730     // __constant.
7731     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
7732     D.setInvalidType();
7733     return;
7734 
7735     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7736     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7737     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7738     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7739     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7740 
7741   case InvalidKernelParam:
7742     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7743     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7744     // of event_t type.
7745     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
7746     // type for any function elsewhere.
7747     if (!PT->isHalfType())
7748       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7749     D.setInvalidType();
7750     return;
7751 
7752   case PtrKernelParam:
7753   case ValidKernelParam:
7754     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7755     return;
7756 
7757   case RecordKernelParam:
7758     break;
7759   }
7760 
7761   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7762   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7763 
7764   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7765   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7766   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7767   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7768 
7769   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7770   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7771 
7772   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7773 
7774   do {
7775     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7776     if (!Next) {
7777       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7778       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7779       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7780         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7781 
7782       continue;
7783     }
7784 
7785     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7786     // field itself) to the history stack.
7787     const RecordDecl *RD;
7788     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7789       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7790       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7791     } else {
7792       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7793     }
7794 
7795     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7796     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7797 
7798     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7799       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7800 
7801       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7802         continue;
7803 
7804       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
7805       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7806         continue;
7807 
7808       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7809         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7810         continue;
7811       }
7812 
7813       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7814       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7815       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7816       // union.
7817       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7818           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
7819         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7820                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7821           << PT->isUnionType()
7822           << PT;
7823       } else {
7824         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7825       }
7826 
7827       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7828         << PD->getDeclName();
7829 
7830       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7831       // the offending field came from
7832       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7833                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7834                E = HistoryStack.end();
7835            I != E; ++I) {
7836         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7837         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7838           << OuterField->getType();
7839       }
7840 
7841       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7842         << QT->isPointerType()
7843         << QT;
7844       D.setInvalidType();
7845       return;
7846     }
7847   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7848 }
7849 
7850 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
7851 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
7852 /// nothing.
7853 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
7854   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
7855     DC = DC->getParent();
7856   return DC;
7857 }
7858 
7859 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
7860 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
7861 /// nothing.
7862 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
7863   while (S->isClassScope() ||
7864          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
7865           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
7866          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
7867          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
7868     S = S->getParent();
7869   return S;
7870 }
7871 
7872 NamedDecl*
7873 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7874                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7875                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7876                               bool &AddToScope) {
7877   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7878 
7879   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7880 
7881   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7882   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7883   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7884   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7885 
7886   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7887     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7888          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7889       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7890 
7891   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7892     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
7893                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
7894 
7895   bool isFriend = false;
7896   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7897   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7898   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7899 
7900   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7901   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7902   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7903 
7904   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7905 
7906   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7907   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7908 
7909   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7910                                               isVirtualOkay);
7911   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7912 
7913   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7914     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7915 
7916   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7917   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7918   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7919   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7920 
7921   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7922     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7923 
7924   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7925     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7926     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7927     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7928     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7929     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7930     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7931     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7932       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7933       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7934       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7935       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7936     }
7937 
7938     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7939     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7940     // return true).
7941     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7942           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7943       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7944         NewFD->setPure(true);
7945 
7946       // C++ [class.union]p2
7947       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7948       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7949         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7950     }
7951 
7952     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7953     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7954     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7955     if (D.isInvalidType())
7956       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7957 
7958     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7959     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7960     bool Invalid = false;
7961     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7962             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7963                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7964                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7965                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7966                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7967                     : nullptr,
7968                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7969                 Invalid)) {
7970       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7971         // This is a function template
7972 
7973         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7974         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7975           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7976 
7977         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7978         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7979           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7980           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7981         }
7982 
7983         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7984         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7985         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7986         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7987           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7988           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7989             Invalid = true;
7990         }
7991 
7992         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7993                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7994                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7995                                                         NewFD);
7996         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7997         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7998 
7999         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
8000         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
8001           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8002                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
8003         }
8004       } else {
8005         // This is a function template specialization.
8006         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8007         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8008         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8009           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8010 
8011         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
8012         if (isFriend) {
8013           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
8014           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
8015 
8016           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
8017           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
8018           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
8019           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
8020           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
8021           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
8022           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8023             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
8024             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
8025           }
8026 
8027           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
8028             << Name << RemoveRange
8029             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
8030             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
8031         }
8032       }
8033     }
8034     else {
8035       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
8036       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
8037       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8038         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8039         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8040     }
8041 
8042     if (Invalid) {
8043       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8044       if (FunctionTemplate)
8045         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8046     }
8047 
8048     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
8049     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
8050     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
8051     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
8052     //
8053     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8054       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
8055         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8056              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
8057       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8058         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
8059         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8060              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
8061           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8062       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8063         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
8064         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
8065         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8066              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
8067           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8068       } else {
8069         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
8070         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
8071       }
8072 
8073       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8074           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
8075         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
8076     }
8077 
8078     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8079         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
8080          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
8081         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8082       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
8083       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
8084       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
8085       // thing to do.
8086       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
8087       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
8088       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8089           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8090       QualType Result =
8091           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
8092       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
8093                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
8094     }
8095 
8096     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
8097     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
8098     //  declaration.
8099     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8100       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8101         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
8102         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8103              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
8104           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
8105       }
8106     }
8107 
8108     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
8109     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
8110     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
8111     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
8112     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8113       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8114         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
8115         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8116              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
8117           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8118       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
8119                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8120         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
8121         // or conversion function.
8122         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8123              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
8124           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8125       }
8126     }
8127 
8128     if (isConstexpr) {
8129       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
8130       // are implicitly inline.
8131       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8132 
8133       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
8134       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
8135       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
8136       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
8137         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
8138     }
8139 
8140     if (isConcept) {
8141       // This is a function concept.
8142       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
8143         FTD->setConcept();
8144 
8145       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8146       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
8147       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8148         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8149              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
8150         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8151       }
8152 
8153       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall
8154       // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified
8155       // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...]
8156       if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8157         if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
8158           SourceRange Range;
8159           if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
8160             Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange();
8161           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec)
8162               << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range);
8163           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8164         } else {
8165           Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept);
8166         }
8167 
8168         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8169         // following restrictions:
8170         // - The declared return type shall have the type bool.
8171         if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) {
8172           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret);
8173           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8174         }
8175 
8176         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8177         // following restrictions:
8178         // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty
8179         //   parameter list.
8180         if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic())
8181           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params);
8182       }
8183 
8184       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
8185       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
8186       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8187 
8188       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
8189       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
8190       // specifiers, [...]
8191       if (isInline) {
8192         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8193              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8194             << 1 << 1;
8195         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8196       }
8197 
8198       if (isFriend) {
8199         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(),
8200              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8201             << 1 << 2;
8202         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8203       }
8204 
8205       if (isConstexpr) {
8206         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8207              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8208             << 1 << 3;
8209         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8210       }
8211 
8212       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8213       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
8214       // template, declared in namespace scope.
8215       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8216         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8217              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1;
8218         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8219         return NewFD;
8220       }
8221     }
8222 
8223     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
8224     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8225       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8226         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
8227           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
8228         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8229           << 0
8230           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8231       } else {
8232         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8233         if (FunctionTemplate)
8234           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
8235       }
8236     }
8237 
8238     if (isFriend) {
8239       if (FunctionTemplate) {
8240         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8241         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
8242       }
8243       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8244       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8245     }
8246 
8247     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
8248     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
8249     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
8250     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
8251       case FDK_Declaration:
8252       case FDK_Definition:
8253         break;
8254 
8255       case FDK_Defaulted:
8256         NewFD->setDefaulted();
8257         break;
8258 
8259       case FDK_Deleted:
8260         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
8261         break;
8262     }
8263 
8264     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
8265         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8266       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
8267       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
8268       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
8269       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8270     }
8271 
8272     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
8273         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
8274       // C++ [class.static]p1:
8275       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
8276       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
8277       //   the class.
8278 
8279       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
8280       // member function definition.
8281       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8282            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
8283         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8284     }
8285 
8286     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
8287     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
8288     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
8289     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8290     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
8291          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
8292         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
8293       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
8294           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
8295           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
8296   }
8297 
8298   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
8299   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
8300                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
8301                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
8302                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8303 
8304   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
8305   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
8306     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
8307     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
8308     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
8309                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
8310   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
8311     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
8312       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
8313     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
8314       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
8315         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
8316         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
8317       } else
8318         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
8319             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
8320     }
8321   }
8322 
8323   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
8324   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
8325   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
8326   unsigned FTIIdx;
8327   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
8328     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
8329 
8330     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
8331     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
8332     // single void argument.
8333     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
8334     // already checks for that case.
8335     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
8336       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
8337         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
8338         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
8339         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8340         Params.push_back(Param);
8341 
8342         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
8343           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8344       }
8345     }
8346 
8347     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8348       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
8349       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
8350       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
8351       // the TU.
8352       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
8353           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
8354       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
8355         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
8356 
8357         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
8358         // instead.
8359         if (!TD) {
8360           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
8361             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
8362         }
8363         if (!TD)
8364           continue;
8365         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
8366         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
8367           continue;
8368         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
8369         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8370         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
8371 
8372         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
8373         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
8374         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
8375         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
8376         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
8377         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
8378           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
8379       }
8380     }
8381   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8382     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
8383     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
8384     // parameters for use in the declaration.
8385     //
8386     // @code
8387     // typedef void fn(int);
8388     // fn f;
8389     // @endcode
8390 
8391     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
8392     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
8393       ParmVarDecl *Param =
8394           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
8395       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
8396       Params.push_back(Param);
8397     }
8398   } else {
8399     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
8400            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
8401   }
8402 
8403   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
8404   NewFD->setParams(Params);
8405 
8406   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
8407     NewFD->addAttr(
8408         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
8409                                        Context, 0));
8410 
8411   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
8412   // because all functions have linkage.
8413   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8414       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8415     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
8416     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8417   }
8418 
8419   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
8420   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8421       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
8422     NewFD->addAttr(
8423         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8424                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8425                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
8426     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8427                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
8428                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
8429                      NewFD))
8430       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8431   }
8432 
8433   // Handle attributes.
8434   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
8435 
8436   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8437     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
8438     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
8439     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
8440     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
8441         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
8442         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
8443       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8444            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
8445       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8446     }
8447   }
8448 
8449   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8450     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8451     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
8452     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8453       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8454 
8455     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8456       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8457 
8458     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8459       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8460                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
8461     else if (!Previous.empty())
8462       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8463       D.setRedeclaration(true);
8464     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8465             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8466            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8467 
8468     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
8469     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
8470     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
8471     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
8472     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8473       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
8474       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
8475         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
8476         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
8477         int DiagID =
8478             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
8479         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
8480             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
8481       }
8482     }
8483   } else {
8484     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
8485     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
8486     //
8487     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
8488     //
8489     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
8490     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
8491     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
8492         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
8493         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
8494       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8495            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
8496         << NewFD->getDeclName();
8497 
8498     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
8499     // argument list into our AST format.
8500     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8501       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
8502       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
8503       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8504       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
8505                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
8506       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
8507                                  TemplateArgs);
8508 
8509       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8510 
8511       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8512         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8513       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
8514         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
8515         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
8516           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8517 
8518         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8519       } else {
8520         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
8521                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
8522                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
8523         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
8524         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8525       }
8526     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8527       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
8528       // wrote something like:
8529       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
8530       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
8531       //   friend void foo<>(int);
8532       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
8533       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8534       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8535       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8536     }
8537 
8538     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
8539     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
8540     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
8541     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
8542     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
8543     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
8544     if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
8545       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
8546 
8547     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
8548     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
8549     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
8550     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
8551     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
8552     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
8553         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
8554          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
8555             TemplateArgs,
8556             InstantiationDependent))) {
8557       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
8558              "friend function specialization without template args");
8559       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
8560                                                        Previous))
8561         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8562     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8563       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
8564           && !isFriend) {
8565         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
8566         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
8567           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
8568           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
8569           << NewFD->getDeclName();
8570       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
8571                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
8572                                                            : nullptr),
8573                                                      Previous))
8574         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8575 
8576       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
8577       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
8578       //   specialization (14.7.3)
8579       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
8580           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
8581       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
8582         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
8583           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8584                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
8585             << SC
8586             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8587                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8588 
8589         else
8590           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8591                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
8592             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8593                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8594       }
8595     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8596       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
8597           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8598     }
8599 
8600     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8601     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8602       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8603         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8604 
8605       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8606         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8607 
8608       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8609         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8610                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
8611       else if (!Previous.empty())
8612         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8613         D.setRedeclaration(true);
8614     }
8615 
8616     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8617             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8618            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8619 
8620     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
8621                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
8622                                 : NewFD);
8623 
8624     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
8625       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
8626       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8627         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
8628 
8629       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
8630       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
8631     }
8632 
8633     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
8634         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
8635       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
8636 
8637     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
8638     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
8639     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8640       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
8641                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
8642       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
8643                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
8644                                     : nullptr,
8645                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
8646                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
8647                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
8648                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
8649                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
8650                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
8651                                  DC->isDependentContext())
8652                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
8653                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
8654     }
8655 
8656     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8657       // Ignore all the rest of this.
8658     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
8659       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
8660                                        AddToScope };
8661       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
8662       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
8663         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8664 
8665       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
8666       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8667         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
8668         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
8669 
8670         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
8671         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
8672         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
8673         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
8674         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
8675         // can actually do this check immediately.
8676         if (isFriend &&
8677             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
8678              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
8679              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
8680           // ignore these
8681         } else {
8682           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
8683           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
8684           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
8685           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
8686           //
8687           // class X {
8688           //   void f() const;
8689           // };
8690           //
8691           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
8692           //
8693           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
8694           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
8695           // whether the parameter types are references).
8696 
8697           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8698                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
8699             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8700             return Result;
8701           }
8702         }
8703 
8704         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
8705         // to something.
8706       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8707         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8708                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8709           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8710           return Result;
8711         }
8712       }
8713     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8714                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8715                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8716                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
8717       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8718       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8719       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8720       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8721       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8722       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8723       // generate them.
8724       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8725         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8726     }
8727   }
8728 
8729   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8730   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8731 
8732   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8733 
8734   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8735       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8736     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8737          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8738       << NewFD;
8739 
8740     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8741     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8742     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8743         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8744     EPI.Variadic = true;
8745     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8746 
8747     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8748     NewFD->setType(R);
8749   }
8750 
8751   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8752   // member, set the visibility of this function.
8753   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8754     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8755 
8756   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8757   // marking the function.
8758   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8759 
8760   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8761   // a pragma.
8762   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8763     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
8764 
8765   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8766   // the map of such variables.
8767   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8768       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
8769     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
8770 
8771   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
8772   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
8773 
8774   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8775     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
8776         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
8777         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
8778         D.isFunctionDefinition());
8779   }
8780 
8781   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
8782     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
8783     if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8784         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8785       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8786         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8787 
8788       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8789     }
8790 
8791     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
8792     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
8793     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
8794     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
8795         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
8796          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
8797         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
8798           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
8799       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
8800     }
8801   }
8802 
8803   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8804     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8805       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8806         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8807       return FunctionTemplate;
8808     }
8809   }
8810 
8811   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8812     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8813     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8814         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8815       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8816       D.setInvalidType();
8817     }
8818 
8819     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8820     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8821       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8822       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8823           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8824                                 : FixItHint());
8825       D.setInvalidType();
8826     }
8827 
8828     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8829     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
8830       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8831   }
8832   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
8833     QualType PT = Param->getType();
8834 
8835     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
8836     // types.
8837     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
8838       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
8839         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
8840           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
8841             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
8842             D.setInvalidType();
8843           }
8844       }
8845     }
8846   }
8847 
8848   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8849 
8850   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8851   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8852   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8853   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8854     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8855                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8856                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8857                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8858                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8859     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8860     AddToScope = false;
8861   }
8862 
8863   return NewFD;
8864 }
8865 
8866 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
8867 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
8868 ///
8869 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
8870 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
8871 ///                 same declaration name.
8872 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
8873 ///          belongs to.
8874 ///
8875 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
8876   // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for
8877   // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in
8878   // namespace scope.
8879   //
8880   // This allows to compile code like:
8881   //
8882   //       void func();
8883   //       template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } };
8884   //       template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } };
8885   //
8886   // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated.
8887   return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8888            D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8889            D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None);
8890 }
8891 
8892 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8893 ///
8894 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8895 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8896 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8897 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8898 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8899 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8900 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8901 ///
8902 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8903 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8904 ///
8905 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8906 ///
8907 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8908 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8909                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8910                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8911   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8912          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8913 
8914   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8915   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8916   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8917   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8918                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8919 
8920   bool Redeclaration = false;
8921   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8922 
8923   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8924   // the same name, if appropriate.
8925   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8926     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8927     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8928     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8929     // function to the scope.
8930     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8931       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8932       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8933         Redeclaration = true;
8934         OldDecl = Candidate;
8935       }
8936     } else {
8937       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8938                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8939       case Ovl_Match:
8940         Redeclaration = true;
8941         break;
8942 
8943       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8944         Redeclaration = true;
8945         break;
8946 
8947       case Ovl_Overload:
8948         Redeclaration = false;
8949         break;
8950       }
8951 
8952       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8953         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8954         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8955         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8956           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8957         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8958         if (Redeclaration)
8959           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8960         else if (!Previous.empty())
8961           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8962         if (OverloadedDecl)
8963           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8964                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8965         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8966       }
8967     }
8968   }
8969 
8970   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8971   if (!Redeclaration &&
8972       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8973     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8974       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8975       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8976       Redeclaration = true;
8977       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8978       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8979 
8980       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8981       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8982         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8983           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8984             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8985           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8986                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8987           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8988         }
8989         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8990           Redeclaration = false;
8991           OldDecl = nullptr;
8992         }
8993       }
8994     }
8995   }
8996 
8997   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8998   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8999   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
9000   //
9001   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
9002   // definition of a static member function.
9003   //
9004   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
9005   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
9006   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
9007   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
9008       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
9009       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
9010     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
9011     if (OldDecl)
9012       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
9013     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
9014       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9015         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9016       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
9017       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
9018       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
9019                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
9020 
9021       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
9022       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
9023       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9024         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
9025         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
9026                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
9027           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
9028 
9029         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
9030           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
9031       }
9032     }
9033   }
9034 
9035   if (Redeclaration) {
9036     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
9037     // merged.
9038     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
9039       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9040       return Redeclaration;
9041     }
9042 
9043     Previous.clear();
9044     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
9045 
9046     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
9047                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
9048       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
9049       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
9050         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
9051       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
9052       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
9053             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
9054         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
9055         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
9056       }
9057 
9058       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
9059       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
9060       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
9061           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
9062         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
9063         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
9064         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
9065         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
9066         if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) {
9067           FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl =
9068               OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
9069           assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl);
9070           OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
9071         }
9072       }
9073 
9074     } else {
9075       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
9076         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
9077         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
9078         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
9079           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
9080       }
9081     }
9082   }
9083 
9084   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
9085 
9086   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9087     // C++-specific checks.
9088     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
9089       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
9090     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
9091                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
9092       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
9093       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
9094 
9095       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
9096       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
9097       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
9098         DeclarationName Name
9099           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
9100                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
9101         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
9102           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
9103           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9104           return Redeclaration;
9105         }
9106       }
9107     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
9108                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9109       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
9110     }
9111 
9112     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
9113     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9114       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
9115           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
9116           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
9117         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
9118           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
9119           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9120             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
9121           }
9122         }
9123       }
9124 
9125       if (Method->isStatic())
9126         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
9127     }
9128 
9129     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
9130     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
9131         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9132       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9133       return Redeclaration;
9134     }
9135 
9136     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
9137     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
9138         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9139       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9140       return Redeclaration;
9141     }
9142 
9143     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
9144     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
9145     // during delayed parsing anyway.
9146     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
9147       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
9148 
9149     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
9150     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
9151     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
9152       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9153       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
9154       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9155       // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
9156       // specification, that's OK.
9157       // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
9158       // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
9159       if (!T.isNull() &&
9160           !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T,
9161                                                             NewFD->getType()))
9162         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
9163         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
9164         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
9165     }
9166 
9167     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
9168     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
9169     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
9170     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
9171     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
9172       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
9173       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
9174         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
9175             << NewFD << R;
9176       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
9177                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9178         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
9179     }
9180 
9181     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
9182     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
9183     //   [is] part of the function type
9184     //
9185     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
9186     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
9187     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
9188     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
9189     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
9190     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
9191       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
9192         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
9193         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
9194         // restricted prior to C++17.
9195         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
9196           T = RT->getPointeeType();
9197         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
9198           T = T->getPointeeType();
9199         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
9200           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
9201         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9202           if (FPT->isNothrow(Context))
9203             return true;
9204         return false;
9205       };
9206 
9207       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9208       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
9209       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
9210         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
9211       if (AnyNoexcept)
9212         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9213              diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
9214             << NewFD;
9215     }
9216 
9217     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
9218       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
9219   }
9220   return Redeclaration;
9221 }
9222 
9223 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
9224   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
9225   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
9226   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
9227   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
9228   //   appear in a declaration of main.
9229   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
9230   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
9231   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9232     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
9233          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
9234       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9235   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
9236     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
9237       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
9238   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
9239     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
9240     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
9241     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
9242     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
9243       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
9244   }
9245   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
9246     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
9247       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
9248     FD->setConstexpr(false);
9249   }
9250 
9251   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9252     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
9253         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
9254     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9255     return;
9256   }
9257 
9258   QualType T = FD->getType();
9259   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9260   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9261 
9262   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9263     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
9264     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
9265     // implicit-return-zero rule.
9266 
9267     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
9268     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9269       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9270     else {
9271       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
9272       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9273       if (RTRange.isValid())
9274         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
9275             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
9276     }
9277   } else {
9278     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
9279     // set the flag which tells us that.
9280     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
9281 
9282     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
9283     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9284       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9285     else {
9286       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
9287       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9288       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
9289           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
9290                                 : FixItHint());
9291       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9292     }
9293   }
9294 
9295   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
9296   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
9297 
9298   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
9299   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
9300   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
9301 
9302   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
9303 
9304   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
9305     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
9306     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
9307     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
9308   }
9309 
9310   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
9311   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
9312   // getting shifty.
9313   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
9314     HasExtraParameters = false;
9315 
9316   if (HasExtraParameters) {
9317     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
9318     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9319     nparams = 3;
9320   }
9321 
9322   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
9323   // if we had some location information about types.
9324 
9325   QualType CharPP =
9326     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
9327   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
9328 
9329   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
9330     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
9331 
9332     bool mismatch = true;
9333 
9334     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
9335       mismatch = false;
9336     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
9337       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
9338       //   char const **
9339       //   char const * const *
9340       //   char * const *
9341 
9342       QualifierCollector qs;
9343       const PointerType* PT;
9344       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9345           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9346           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
9347                               Context.CharTy)) {
9348         qs.removeConst();
9349         mismatch = !qs.empty();
9350       }
9351     }
9352 
9353     if (mismatch) {
9354       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
9355       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
9356       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9357     }
9358   }
9359 
9360   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9361     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
9362   }
9363 
9364   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9365     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9366     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9367   }
9368 }
9369 
9370 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9371   QualType T = FD->getType();
9372   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9373   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9374 
9375   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
9376   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
9377   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
9378       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
9379       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
9380     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
9381     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
9382       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9383 
9384   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9385     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9386     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9387   }
9388 }
9389 
9390 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
9391   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
9392   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
9393   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
9394   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
9395   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
9396   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
9397   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
9398   // rules there don't matter.)
9399   const Expr *Culprit;
9400   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9401     return false;
9402   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
9403     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9404   return true;
9405 }
9406 
9407 namespace {
9408   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
9409   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
9410   class SelfReferenceChecker
9411       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
9412     Sema &S;
9413     Decl *OrigDecl;
9414     bool isRecordType;
9415     bool isPODType;
9416     bool isReferenceType;
9417 
9418     bool isInitList;
9419     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
9420 
9421   public:
9422     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
9423 
9424     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
9425                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
9426       isPODType = false;
9427       isRecordType = false;
9428       isReferenceType = false;
9429       isInitList = false;
9430       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
9431         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
9432         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
9433         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
9434       }
9435     }
9436 
9437     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
9438     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
9439     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
9440     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
9441       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
9442       if (!InitList) {
9443         Visit(E);
9444         return;
9445       }
9446 
9447       // Track and increment the index here.
9448       isInitList = true;
9449       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
9450       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
9451         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
9452         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
9453       }
9454       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
9455     }
9456 
9457     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
9458     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
9459     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
9460       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
9461       Expr *Base = E;
9462       bool ReferenceField = false;
9463 
9464       // Get the field memebers used.
9465       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9466         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9467         if (!FD)
9468           return false;
9469         Fields.push_back(FD);
9470         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
9471           ReferenceField = true;
9472         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9473       }
9474 
9475       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
9476       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
9477       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
9478         return false;
9479 
9480       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
9481       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
9482         return true;
9483 
9484       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
9485       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
9486       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
9487         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
9488 
9489       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
9490       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
9491       // initialized, then the use is safe.
9492       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
9493                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
9494                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
9495                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
9496            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
9497         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
9498           return true;
9499         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
9500           break;
9501       }
9502 
9503       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
9504       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9505       return true;
9506     }
9507 
9508     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
9509     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
9510     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
9511     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
9512       E = E->IgnoreParens();
9513       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9514         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9515         return;
9516       }
9517 
9518       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9519         Visit(CO->getCond());
9520         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
9521         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
9522         return;
9523       }
9524 
9525       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
9526               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9527         Visit(BCO->getCond());
9528         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
9529         return;
9530       }
9531 
9532       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
9533         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
9534         return;
9535       }
9536 
9537       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9538         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
9539           Visit(BO->getLHS());
9540           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
9541           return;
9542         }
9543       }
9544 
9545       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9546         if (isInitList) {
9547           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
9548                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
9549             return;
9550         }
9551 
9552         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9553         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9554           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
9555           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9556             return;
9557           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9558         }
9559         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
9560           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9561         return;
9562       }
9563 
9564       Visit(E);
9565     }
9566 
9567     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
9568     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
9569     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9570       if (isReferenceType)
9571         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
9572     }
9573 
9574     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
9575       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
9576         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9577         return;
9578       }
9579 
9580       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
9581     }
9582 
9583     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9584       if (isInitList) {
9585         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
9586           return;
9587       }
9588 
9589       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
9590       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
9591 
9592       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
9593       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
9594       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
9595       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
9596       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9597       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9598         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9599           Warn = false;
9600         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9601       }
9602 
9603       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
9604         if (Warn)
9605           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9606         return;
9607       }
9608 
9609       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
9610       // Visit that expression.
9611       Visit(Base);
9612     }
9613 
9614     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
9615       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
9616 
9617       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
9618         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
9619 
9620       Visit(Callee);
9621       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
9622         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
9623     }
9624 
9625     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
9626       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
9627       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
9628           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
9629         if (!isPODType)
9630           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9631         return;
9632       }
9633 
9634       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
9635         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9636         return;
9637       }
9638 
9639       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
9640     }
9641 
9642     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
9643 
9644     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
9645       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
9646         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
9647         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
9648           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
9649             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
9650         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
9651           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
9652             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
9653         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
9654         return;
9655       }
9656       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
9657     }
9658 
9659     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
9660       // Treat std::move as a use.
9661       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
9662         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
9663           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
9664               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
9665             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
9666             return;
9667           }
9668         }
9669       }
9670 
9671       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
9672     }
9673 
9674     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
9675       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
9676         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
9677         Visit(E->getRHS());
9678         return;
9679       }
9680 
9681       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
9682     }
9683 
9684     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
9685     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
9686     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
9687     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
9688       Visit(E->getCond());
9689       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
9690     }
9691 
9692     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
9693       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
9694       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
9695       unsigned diag;
9696       if (isReferenceType) {
9697         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
9698       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
9699         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
9700       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9701                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9702                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
9703         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
9704       } else {
9705         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
9706         return;
9707       }
9708 
9709       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
9710                             S.PDiag(diag)
9711                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
9712                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
9713                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
9714     }
9715   };
9716 
9717   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
9718   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
9719                                  bool DirectInit) {
9720     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
9721     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
9722     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
9723       return;
9724 
9725     E = E->IgnoreParens();
9726 
9727     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
9728     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
9729     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
9730       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
9731         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9732           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
9733             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
9734               return;
9735 
9736     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
9737   }
9738 } // end anonymous namespace
9739 
9740 namespace {
9741   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
9742   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
9743   struct VarDeclOrName {
9744     VarDecl *VDecl;
9745     DeclarationName Name;
9746 
9747     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
9748     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
9749       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
9750     }
9751   };
9752 } // end anonymous namespace
9753 
9754 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
9755                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
9756                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
9757                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
9758                                             Expr *Init) {
9759   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
9760   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
9761          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
9762 
9763   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
9764 
9765   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
9766   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
9767 
9768   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
9769     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduced_class_template_not_supported);
9770     return QualType();
9771   }
9772 
9773   ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init;
9774   if (DirectInit) {
9775     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
9776       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
9777     else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
9778       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
9779   }
9780 
9781   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
9782   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
9783     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
9784     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
9785     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9786                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
9787                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
9788         << VN << Type << Range;
9789     return QualType();
9790   }
9791 
9792   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
9793     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(),
9794          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
9795                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
9796         << VN << Type << Range;
9797     return QualType();
9798   }
9799 
9800   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
9801   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
9802     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9803                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
9804                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
9805         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
9806     return QualType();
9807   }
9808 
9809   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
9810   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
9811   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
9812       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
9813     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9814     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9815       return QualType();
9816     }
9817     Init = Result.get();
9818     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
9819   }
9820 
9821   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
9822   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
9823   //   is present, e has type cv A
9824   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
9825       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
9826       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
9827     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
9828                                     Type.getQualifiers());
9829 
9830   QualType DeducedType;
9831   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
9832     if (!IsInitCapture)
9833       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
9834     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
9835       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
9836            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
9837           << VN
9838           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9839                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9840           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9841     else
9842       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
9843           << VN << TSI->getType()
9844           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9845                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9846           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9847   }
9848 
9849   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
9850   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
9851   // checks.
9852   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
9853   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
9854   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId &&
9855       !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
9856     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9857     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
9858   }
9859 
9860   return DeducedType;
9861 }
9862 
9863 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
9864 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
9865 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
9866 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
9867   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
9868   // the initializer.
9869   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9870     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
9871     return;
9872   }
9873 
9874   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9875     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
9876     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
9877       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
9878     Method->setInvalidDecl();
9879     return;
9880   }
9881 
9882   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
9883   if (!VDecl) {
9884     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
9885     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
9886     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9887     return;
9888   }
9889 
9890   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
9891   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9892     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
9893     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
9894     // TypoExpr.
9895     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
9896     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
9897       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9898       return;
9899     }
9900     Init = Res.get();
9901 
9902     QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
9903         VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(),
9904         VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
9905     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
9906       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9907       return;
9908     }
9909 
9910     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
9911     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
9912 
9913     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
9914     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
9915       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9916 
9917     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
9918     // the previously declared type.
9919     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
9920       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
9921       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
9922       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
9923     }
9924 
9925     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
9926     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
9927     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9928       return;
9929   }
9930 
9931   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
9932   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
9933     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
9934     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9935     return;
9936   }
9937 
9938   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9939     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9940     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9941     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9942     return;
9943   }
9944 
9945   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9946     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9947     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9948     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9949     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9950     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9951       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9952     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9953                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9954       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9955       return;
9956     }
9957 
9958     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9959     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9960                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9961                                AbstractVariableType))
9962       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9963   }
9964 
9965   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
9966   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
9967   // handle the situation.
9968   VarDecl *Def;
9969   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
9970       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
9971       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
9972       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
9973     return;
9974 
9975   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9976     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9977     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9978     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9979     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9980     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9981     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9982     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9983     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9984     //
9985     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9986     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9987     // declaration with an initializer.
9988     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9989       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9990           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9991       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9992            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9993           << 0;
9994       return;
9995     }
9996 
9997     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9998       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9999 
10000     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
10001       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10002       return;
10003     }
10004   }
10005 
10006   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
10007   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
10008   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
10009     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
10010     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10011     return;
10012   }
10013 
10014   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
10015   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
10016   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
10017 
10018   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
10019   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
10020   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
10021       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
10022     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
10023     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10024       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10025       return;
10026     }
10027     Init = Result.get();
10028   }
10029 
10030   // Perform the initialization.
10031   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
10032   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10033     // Handle errors like: int a({0})
10034     if (CXXDirectInit && CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 1 &&
10035         !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(VDecl->getType()))
10036       if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0))) {
10037         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
10038             << VDecl->getType() << CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange()
10039             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart())
10040             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocEnd());
10041         Init = IList;
10042         CXXDirectInit = nullptr;
10043       }
10044 
10045     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
10046     InitializationKind Kind =
10047         DirectInit
10048             ? CXXDirectInit
10049                   ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
10050                                                      Init->getLocStart(),
10051                                                      Init->getLocEnd())
10052                   : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation())
10053             : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
10054                                              Init->getLocStart());
10055 
10056     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
10057     if (CXXDirectInit)
10058       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
10059                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
10060 
10061     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
10062     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
10063       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
10064           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
10065             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
10066             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
10067           });
10068       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
10069         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10070       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
10071         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
10072       }
10073     }
10074     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10075       return;
10076 
10077     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
10078                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
10079                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
10080     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
10081     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10082       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10083       return;
10084     }
10085 
10086     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
10087   }
10088 
10089   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
10090   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
10091   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
10092   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
10093       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
10094     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
10095   }
10096 
10097   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
10098   // completed by the initializer. For example:
10099   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
10100   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
10101   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
10102     VDecl->setType(DclT);
10103 
10104   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10105     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
10106 
10107     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
10108       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
10109 
10110     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
10111     // Although this code can still have problems:
10112     //   id x = self.weakProp;
10113     //   id y = self.weakProp;
10114     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
10115     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
10116     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
10117     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
10118         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
10119                          Init->getLocStart()))
10120       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
10121   }
10122 
10123   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
10124   //
10125   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
10126   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
10127   // full-expression. For instance, in:
10128   //
10129   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
10130   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
10131   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
10132   //
10133   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
10134   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
10135                                           false,
10136                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
10137   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10138     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10139     return;
10140   }
10141   Init = Result.get();
10142 
10143   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
10144   VDecl->setInit(Init);
10145 
10146   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
10147     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
10148     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
10149     // C++ does not have this restriction.
10150     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10151       const Expr *Culprit;
10152       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
10153         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10154       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
10155       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
10156       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
10157       // constant expressions.
10158       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
10159                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
10160                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
10161         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
10162              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
10163           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
10164     }
10165   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
10166              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
10167     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
10168     //
10169     // struct S {
10170     //   static const int value = 17;
10171     // };
10172 
10173     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
10174     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
10175     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
10176     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
10177     //
10178     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
10179     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
10180     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
10181     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
10182     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
10183     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
10184     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
10185     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
10186     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
10187 
10188     // Do nothing on dependent types.
10189     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
10190 
10191     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
10192     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
10193     // type.
10194     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
10195 
10196     // Require constness.
10197     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
10198       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
10199         << Init->getSourceRange();
10200       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10201 
10202     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
10203     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
10204       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
10205       SourceLocation Loc;
10206       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
10207         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
10208         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
10209         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
10210       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
10211         ; // Nothing to check.
10212       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
10213         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
10214       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10215         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
10216         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
10217         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10218           << Init->getSourceRange();
10219       } else {
10220         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
10221         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
10222         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10223           << Init->getSourceRange();
10224         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10225       }
10226 
10227     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
10228     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
10229       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
10230       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
10231       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10232         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
10233              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10234             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10235         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
10236              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10237             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10238       } else {
10239         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
10240           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10241 
10242         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10243           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10244             << Init->getSourceRange();
10245           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10246         }
10247       }
10248 
10249     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
10250     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
10251       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
10252         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
10253         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10254       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
10255 
10256     } else {
10257       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
10258         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10259       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10260     }
10261   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
10262     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
10263     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
10264     // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
10265     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
10266     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
10267     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
10268     // C++ rules.
10269     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
10270         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
10271          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
10272         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
10273         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
10274       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
10275 
10276     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
10277     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10278       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10279   }
10280 
10281   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
10282   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
10283   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
10284   //
10285   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
10286   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
10287   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
10288   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
10289   // special case code.
10290 
10291   // C++ 8.5p11:
10292   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
10293   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
10294   // class type.
10295   if (CXXDirectInit) {
10296     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
10297     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10298   } else if (DirectInit) {
10299     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
10300     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
10301   }
10302 
10303   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
10304 }
10305 
10306 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
10307 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
10308 /// of sanity.
10309 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
10310   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
10311   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
10312   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10313 
10314   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10315   if (!VD) return;
10316 
10317   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10318   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
10319     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
10320       BD->setInvalidDecl();
10321 
10322   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10323   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
10324     D->setInvalidDecl();
10325     return;
10326   }
10327 
10328   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
10329   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
10330 
10331   // Require a complete type.
10332   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
10333                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
10334                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10335     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10336     return;
10337   }
10338 
10339   // Require a non-abstract type.
10340   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
10341                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10342                              AbstractVariableType)) {
10343     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10344     return;
10345   }
10346 
10347   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
10348   // though.
10349 }
10350 
10351 /// Checks if an object of the given type can be initialized with parenthesized
10352 /// init-list.
10353 ///
10354 /// \param TargetType Type of object being initialized.
10355 ///
10356 /// The function is used to detect wrong initializations, such as 'int({0})'.
10357 ///
10358 bool Sema::canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType) {
10359   return TargetType->isDependentType() || TargetType->isRecordType() ||
10360          TargetType->getContainedAutoType();
10361 }
10362 
10363 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
10364   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
10365   if (!RealDecl)
10366     return;
10367 
10368   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10369     QualType Type = Var->getType();
10370 
10371     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
10372     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10373       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
10374       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10375       return;
10376     }
10377 
10378     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
10379     if (Type->isUndeducedType()) {
10380       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
10381         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
10382       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10383       return;
10384     }
10385 
10386     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
10387     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
10388     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
10389     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
10390     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
10391     // member.
10392     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10393         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
10394       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
10395         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
10396         // a definition there.
10397         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) {
10398           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10399                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
10400             << Var->getDeclName();
10401           Var->setInvalidDecl();
10402           return;
10403         }
10404       } else {
10405         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
10406         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10407         return;
10408       }
10409     }
10410 
10411     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
10412     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
10413     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
10414     if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
10415       if (VTD->isConcept()) {
10416         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
10417         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10418         return;
10419       }
10420     }
10421 
10422     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
10423     // be initialized.
10424     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10425         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
10426         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
10427       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
10428       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10429       return;
10430     }
10431 
10432     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10433     case VarDecl::Definition:
10434       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
10435         break;
10436 
10437       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
10438       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
10439       // a declaration.
10440       //
10441       // Fall through
10442 
10443     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
10444       // It's only a declaration.
10445 
10446       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
10447       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
10448       // object shall be complete.
10449       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
10450           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10451           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10452                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
10453         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10454 
10455       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
10456       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10457           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10458                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10459                                  AbstractVariableType))
10460         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10461       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10462           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
10463         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
10464         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
10465       }
10466 
10467       return;
10468 
10469     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
10470       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
10471       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
10472       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
10473       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
10474       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
10475       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
10476         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
10477                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
10478           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10479                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
10480                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
10481             Var->setInvalidDecl();
10482         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10483           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
10484           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
10485           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
10486           // NOTE: code such as the following
10487           //     static struct s;
10488           //     struct s { int a; };
10489           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
10490           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
10491           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
10492           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
10493             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10494                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
10495         }
10496       }
10497 
10498       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
10499       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
10500         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
10501       return;
10502     }
10503 
10504     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10505     // definitions with incomplete array type.
10506     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
10507       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10508            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
10509       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10510       return;
10511     }
10512 
10513     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10514     // definitions with reference type.
10515     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
10516       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
10517         << Var->getDeclName()
10518         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
10519       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10520       return;
10521     }
10522 
10523     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
10524     // variable with dependent type.
10525     if (Type->isDependentType())
10526       return;
10527 
10528     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
10529       return;
10530 
10531     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
10532       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10533                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
10534                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10535         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10536         return;
10537       }
10538     } else {
10539       return;
10540     }
10541 
10542     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
10543     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10544                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10545                                AbstractVariableType)) {
10546       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10547       return;
10548     }
10549 
10550     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
10551     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
10552     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
10553     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
10554     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
10555     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
10556     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
10557     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
10558     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
10559     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
10560     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10561       if (const RecordType *Record
10562             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10563         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
10564         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
10565         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
10566         // incompatibilities with C++98.
10567         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
10568           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10569       }
10570     }
10571 
10572     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
10573     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
10574     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
10575     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
10576     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
10577     //   type shall have a user-declared default
10578     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
10579     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
10580     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
10581     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
10582     //   program is ill-formed.
10583     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
10584     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
10585     //   default-initialized; [...].
10586     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
10587     InitializationKind Kind
10588       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
10589 
10590     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10591     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10592     if (Init.isInvalid())
10593       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10594     else if (Init.get()) {
10595       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
10596       // This is important for template substitution.
10597       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10598     }
10599 
10600     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
10601   }
10602 }
10603 
10604 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
10605   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
10606   if (!D)
10607     return;
10608 
10609   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10610   if (!VD) {
10611     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
10612     D->setInvalidDecl();
10613     return;
10614   }
10615 
10616   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10617 
10618   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
10619   int Error = -1;
10620   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
10621   case SC_None:
10622     break;
10623   case SC_Extern:
10624     Error = 0;
10625     break;
10626   case SC_Static:
10627     Error = 1;
10628     break;
10629   case SC_PrivateExtern:
10630     Error = 2;
10631     break;
10632   case SC_Auto:
10633     Error = 3;
10634     break;
10635   case SC_Register:
10636     Error = 4;
10637     break;
10638   }
10639   if (Error != -1) {
10640     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
10641       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
10642     D->setInvalidDecl();
10643   }
10644 }
10645 
10646 StmtResult
10647 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
10648                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
10649                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
10650                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
10651   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
10652   //   A range-based for statement of the form
10653   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10654   //   is equivalent to
10655   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10656   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10657 
10658   const char *PrevSpec;
10659   unsigned DiagID;
10660   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
10661                      getPrintingPolicy());
10662 
10663   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
10664   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
10665   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
10666 
10667   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10668   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
10669                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
10670   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
10671   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10672   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
10673   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
10674                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
10675 }
10676 
10677 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
10678   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10679 
10680   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10681     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
10682     // initialiser
10683     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
10684         !var->hasInit()) {
10685       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
10686           << 1 /*Init*/;
10687       var->setInvalidDecl();
10688       return;
10689     }
10690   }
10691 
10692   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
10693   // local retaining variable.
10694   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10695       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10696     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
10697     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
10698     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
10699     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
10700       break;
10701 
10702     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
10703     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
10704       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10705       break;
10706     }
10707   }
10708 
10709   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
10710   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
10711   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
10712   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
10713   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
10714   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10715       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
10716       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
10717       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
10718                                   var->getLocation())) {
10719     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
10720     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
10721     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
10722       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
10723 
10724     if (!prev)
10725       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
10726   }
10727 
10728   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
10729   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
10730   const Expr *CacheCulprit;
10731   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
10732     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
10733       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10734             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
10735     return *CacheHasConstInit;
10736   };
10737 
10738   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
10739     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
10740       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
10741       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
10742       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
10743       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
10744       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10745         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10746     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
10747       if (!checkConstInit()) {
10748         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
10749         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
10750         //   initialization.
10751         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
10752         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
10753           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
10754         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10755           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10756       }
10757     }
10758   }
10759 
10760   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
10761   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
10762   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10763       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10764     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
10765     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
10766     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
10767       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
10768     else if (!var->getInit()) {
10769       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
10770       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10771     } else {
10772       Stack = &DataSegStack;
10773       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10774     }
10775     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
10776       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10777           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
10778           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
10779     }
10780     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
10781       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
10782         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
10783 
10784     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
10785     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
10786     // attribute.
10787     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
10788       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
10789                                                CurInitSegLoc));
10790   }
10791 
10792   // All the following checks are C++ only.
10793   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10794       // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
10795       // current module.
10796      if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10797        Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10798      return;
10799   }
10800 
10801   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
10802     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
10803 
10804   QualType type = var->getType();
10805   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
10806 
10807   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
10808   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10809     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
10810     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
10811 
10812     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
10813     // constructing this copy.
10814     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
10815       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
10816       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
10817       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
10818       ExprResult result
10819         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
10820             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
10821             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
10822       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
10823         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
10824         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
10825         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
10826       }
10827     }
10828   }
10829 
10830   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
10831   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
10832   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
10833 
10834   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
10835       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
10836 
10837     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
10838       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
10839       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
10840         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
10841         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
10842         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
10843         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
10844               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
10845           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
10846           Notes.clear();
10847         }
10848         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
10849           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
10850         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
10851           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
10852       }
10853     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
10854       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
10855       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
10856       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
10857       var->checkInitIsICE();
10858     }
10859 
10860     // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they
10861     // were just diagnosed.
10862     if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage &&
10863             var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) {
10864       // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here.
10865       bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
10866           ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit();
10867       if (DiagErr) {
10868         auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>();
10869         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
10870           << Init->getSourceRange();
10871         Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
10872           << attr->getRange();
10873       }
10874     }
10875     else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal &&
10876              !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
10877                                     var->getLocation())) {
10878       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
10879       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
10880       // warned about them.
10881       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
10882       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
10883         if (!checkConstInit())
10884           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
10885             << Init->getSourceRange();
10886       }
10887     }
10888   }
10889 
10890   // Require the destructor.
10891   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
10892     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
10893 
10894   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
10895   // module.
10896   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10897     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10898 }
10899 
10900 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
10901 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
10902   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
10903     return true;
10904   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
10905     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
10906       return true;
10907   return false;
10908 }
10909 
10910 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
10911 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
10912 void
10913 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
10914   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
10915   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
10916 
10917   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
10918   if (!VD)
10919     return;
10920 
10921   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
10922     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
10923       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
10924     }
10925   }
10926 
10927   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
10928 
10929   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
10930   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
10931   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
10932   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
10933     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
10934     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
10935     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) &&
10936         !VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10937       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
10938       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
10939         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
10940           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
10941           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
10942       }
10943     }
10944   }
10945 
10946   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
10947     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
10948             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
10949       // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
10950       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
10951         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
10952         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
10953         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
10954       }
10955       // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__
10956       // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with
10957       // static storage class.
10958       if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() &&
10959           CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(),
10960                                diag::err_device_static_local_var)
10961               << CurrentCUDATarget())
10962         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10963     }
10964   }
10965 
10966   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
10967   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
10968   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
10969   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
10970   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
10971   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
10972     const Expr *Init = VD->getInit();
10973     if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) {
10974       if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() ||
10975           VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) {
10976         assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>());
10977         bool AllowedInit = false;
10978         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
10979           AllowedInit =
10980               isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor());
10981         // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty
10982         // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC,
10983         // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors.
10984         if (!AllowedInit &&
10985             (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
10986           AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10987               Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType());
10988 
10989         // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty.
10990         if (AllowedInit)
10991           if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
10992             AllowedInit =
10993                 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor());
10994 
10995         if (!AllowedInit) {
10996           Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()
10997                                       ? diag::err_shared_var_init
10998                                       : diag::err_dynamic_var_init)
10999               << Init->getSourceRange();
11000           VD->setInvalidDecl();
11001         }
11002       } else {
11003         // This is a host-side global variable.  Check that the initializer is
11004         // callable from the host side.
11005         const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr;
11006         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
11007           InitFn = CE->getConstructor();
11008         } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) {
11009           InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee();
11010         }
11011         if (InitFn) {
11012           CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn);
11013           if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) {
11014             Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer)
11015                 << InitFnTarget << InitFn;
11016             Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn;
11017             VD->setInvalidDecl();
11018           }
11019         }
11020       }
11021     }
11022   }
11023 
11024   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
11025   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
11026 
11027   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
11028   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
11029     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
11030         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
11031       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
11032       // with a warning.
11033       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
11034         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
11035       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
11036           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
11037           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11038 
11039       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
11040            IsClassTemplateMember
11041                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
11042                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
11043       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
11044       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
11045         VD->setInvalidDecl();
11046     }
11047   }
11048 
11049   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
11050   // isn't exported with the variable.
11051   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
11052     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
11053     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
11054       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
11055       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
11056       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
11057       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
11058     } else {
11059       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
11060                                                                     << DLLAttr;
11061       VD->setInvalidDecl();
11062     }
11063   }
11064 
11065   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
11066     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
11067       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
11068       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
11069     }
11070   }
11071 
11072   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
11073   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
11074   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
11075   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
11076     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
11077 
11078   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
11079   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
11080       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
11081     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
11082 
11083   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
11084   // tag values.
11085   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
11086       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
11087     return;
11088 
11089   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
11090     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
11091     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
11092       continue;
11093     }
11094     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
11095     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
11096       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
11097            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
11098         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
11099       continue;
11100     }
11101     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
11102       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
11103            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
11104         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
11105       continue;
11106     }
11107     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
11108     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
11109                                MagicValue,
11110                                I->getMatchingCType(),
11111                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
11112                                I->getMustBeNull());
11113   }
11114 }
11115 
11116 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
11117   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
11118   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
11119 }
11120 
11121 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
11122                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11123   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
11124 
11125   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
11126     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
11127 
11128   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
11129   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
11130   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
11131   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
11132   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
11133 
11134   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11135     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
11136       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
11137       // to perform.
11138       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
11139         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
11140           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
11141         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
11142           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
11143         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.containsPlaceholderType() &&
11144             !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
11145           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
11146 
11147         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
11148           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
11149           // declaration in the same group.
11150           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
11151             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
11152                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
11153                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
11154                 << DD->getSourceRange();
11155             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
11156           }
11157 
11158           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
11159           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
11160           // declarator in the same group.
11161           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
11162             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
11163                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
11164                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
11165                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
11166                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
11167                 << DD->getSourceRange();
11168             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
11169           }
11170         }
11171       }
11172 
11173       Decls.push_back(D);
11174     }
11175   }
11176 
11177   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
11178     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
11179       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
11180       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
11181           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11182         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
11183     }
11184   }
11185 
11186   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
11187 }
11188 
11189 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
11190 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
11191 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
11192 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11193   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
11194   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
11195   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
11196   if (Group.size() > 1) {
11197     QualType Deduced;
11198     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
11199     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11200       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
11201       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
11202         break;
11203       AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
11204       if (!AT || AT->getDeducedType().isNull())
11205         continue;
11206       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
11207         Deduced = AT->getDeducedType();
11208         DeducedDecl = D;
11209       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(AT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
11210         Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
11211              diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
11212           << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword()
11213           << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
11214           << AT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName()
11215           << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
11216           << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
11217         D->setInvalidDecl();
11218         break;
11219       }
11220     }
11221   }
11222 
11223   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
11224 
11225   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
11226       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
11227 }
11228 
11229 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
11230   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
11231 }
11232 
11233 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11234   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
11235   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
11236     return;
11237 
11238   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
11239                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
11240       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
11241                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
11242     return;
11243 
11244   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
11245     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
11246     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
11247     // additional declaration references:
11248     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
11249     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
11250     //   'struct S *pS;'
11251     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
11252     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
11253     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
11254       Group = Group.slice(1);
11255     }
11256   }
11257 
11258   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
11259   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
11260   if (!Comments.empty() &&
11261       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
11262     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
11263     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
11264     //
11265     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
11266     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
11267     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
11268     // ahead through comments.
11269     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
11270       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
11271   }
11272 }
11273 
11274 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
11275 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
11276 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
11277   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
11278 
11279   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
11280 
11281   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
11282   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
11283   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
11284     SC = SC_Register;
11285   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11286              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
11287     SC = SC_Auto;
11288   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
11289     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11290          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
11291     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
11292   }
11293 
11294   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11295     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
11296       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11297   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
11298     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
11299         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
11300   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
11301     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
11302       << 0;
11303   if (DS.isConceptSpecified())
11304     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
11305 
11306   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
11307 
11308   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11309   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
11310 
11311   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11312     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
11313     // parameter.
11314     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11315 
11316     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
11317     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
11318       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
11319         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
11320       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
11321     }
11322   }
11323 
11324   // Ensure we have a valid name
11325   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
11326   if (D.hasName()) {
11327     II = D.getIdentifier();
11328     if (!II) {
11329       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
11330         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
11331       D.setInvalidType(true);
11332     }
11333   }
11334 
11335   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
11336   if (II) {
11337     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
11338                    ForRedeclaration);
11339     LookupName(R, S);
11340     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
11341       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
11342       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11343         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11344         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11345         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11346         PrevDecl = nullptr;
11347       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11348         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
11349         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11350 
11351         // Recover by removing the name
11352         II = nullptr;
11353         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
11354         D.setInvalidType(true);
11355       }
11356     }
11357   }
11358 
11359   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
11360   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
11361   // looking like class members in C++.
11362   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11363                                     D.getLocStart(),
11364                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
11365                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
11366                                     SC);
11367 
11368   if (D.isInvalidType())
11369     New->setInvalidDecl();
11370 
11371   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
11372   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
11373   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
11374                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
11375 
11376   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
11377   S->AddDecl(New);
11378   if (II)
11379     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
11380 
11381   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
11382 
11383   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11384     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11385       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
11386       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11387       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11388 
11389   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
11390     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
11391   }
11392   return New;
11393 }
11394 
11395 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
11396 /// typedef.
11397 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
11398                                               SourceLocation Loc,
11399                                               QualType T) {
11400   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
11401      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
11402      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
11403   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
11404                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
11405                                            SC_None, nullptr);
11406   Param->setImplicit();
11407   return Param;
11408 }
11409 
11410 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
11411   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
11412   // will already have done so in the template itself.
11413   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
11414     return;
11415 
11416   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11417     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
11418         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
11419       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
11420         << Parameter->getDeclName();
11421     }
11422   }
11423 }
11424 
11425 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
11426     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
11427   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
11428     return;
11429 
11430   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11431   // threshold.
11432   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
11433     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
11434     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11435       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
11436           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
11437   }
11438 
11439   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11440   // threshold.
11441   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11442     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
11443     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
11444       continue;
11445     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
11446     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11447       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
11448           << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size;
11449   }
11450 }
11451 
11452 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11453                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
11454                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
11455                                   StorageClass SC) {
11456   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
11457   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
11458       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
11459       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
11460 
11461     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
11462 
11463     // Special cases for arrays:
11464     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
11465     //   - otherwise, it's an error
11466     if (T->isArrayType()) {
11467       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
11468         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
11469             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
11470             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
11471       }
11472       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
11473     } else {
11474       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
11475     }
11476     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
11477   }
11478 
11479   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
11480                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
11481                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
11482 
11483   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
11484   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
11485   // the class has been completely parsed.
11486   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
11487       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11488                              AbstractParamType))
11489     New->setInvalidDecl();
11490 
11491   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
11492   // passed by reference.
11493   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
11494     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
11495         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd());
11496     Diag(NameLoc,
11497          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
11498       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
11499     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
11500     New->setType(T);
11501   }
11502 
11503   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
11504   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
11505   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
11506   // an address space.
11507   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
11508     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
11509     // to be qualified with an address space.
11510     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
11511       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
11512       New->setInvalidDecl();
11513     }
11514   }
11515 
11516   return New;
11517 }
11518 
11519 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
11520                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
11521   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
11522 
11523   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
11524   // for a K&R function.
11525   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
11526     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
11527       --i;
11528       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
11529         SmallString<256> Code;
11530         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
11531             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
11532         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
11533             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
11534             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
11535 
11536         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
11537         // type.
11538         AttributeFactory attrs;
11539         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
11540         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
11541         unsigned DiagID; // unused
11542         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
11543                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11544         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
11545         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11546         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11547         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
11548         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11549         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
11550       }
11551     }
11552   }
11553 }
11554 
11555 Decl *
11556 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
11557                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11558                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11559   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
11560   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
11561   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
11562 
11563   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
11564   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
11565   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
11566 }
11567 
11568 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
11569   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
11570 }
11571 
11572 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
11573                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11574   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
11575   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11576     return false;
11577 
11578   // Or declarations that aren't global.
11579   if (!FD->isGlobal())
11580     return false;
11581 
11582   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
11583   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
11584     return false;
11585 
11586   // Don't warn about 'main'.
11587   if (FD->isMain())
11588     return false;
11589 
11590   // Don't warn about inline functions.
11591   if (FD->isInlined())
11592     return false;
11593 
11594   // Don't warn about function templates.
11595   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11596     return false;
11597 
11598   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
11599   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
11600     return false;
11601 
11602   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
11603   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
11604     return false;
11605 
11606   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
11607   if (FD->isDeleted())
11608     return false;
11609 
11610   bool MissingPrototype = true;
11611   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
11612        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
11613     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
11614     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
11615     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
11616       continue;
11617 
11618     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
11619     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
11620       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
11621     break;
11622   }
11623 
11624   return MissingPrototype;
11625 }
11626 
11627 void
11628 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
11629                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
11630                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11631   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
11632   // was an extern inline function.
11633   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
11634   if (!Definition)
11635     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
11636       return;
11637 
11638   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
11639     return;
11640 
11641   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
11642   // a template, skip the new definition.
11643   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
11644       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
11645        Definition->isInlined() ||
11646        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
11647        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
11648     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
11649     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11650       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation());
11651     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition),
11652                                 FD->getLocation());
11653     return;
11654   }
11655 
11656   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
11657       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
11658     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
11659         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
11660   else
11661     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
11662 
11663   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11664   FD->setInvalidDecl();
11665 }
11666 
11667 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
11668                                    Sema &S) {
11669   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
11670 
11671   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
11672   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
11673   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
11674   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
11675   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
11676 
11677   if (LCD == LCD_None)
11678     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
11679   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
11680     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
11681   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
11682     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
11683   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
11684 
11685   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
11686   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
11687 
11688   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
11689   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
11690   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
11691   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
11692     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
11693       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
11694       if (VD->isInitCapture())
11695         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
11696       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
11697       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
11698       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
11699           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
11700           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
11701                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
11702           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
11703 
11704     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
11705       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
11706                               /*Expr*/ nullptr,
11707                               C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
11708     } else {
11709       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
11710     }
11711     ++I;
11712   }
11713 }
11714 
11715 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
11716                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11717   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
11718   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
11719 
11720   if (!D)
11721     return D;
11722   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
11723 
11724   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
11725     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
11726   else
11727     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
11728 
11729   // See if this is a redefinition.
11730   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
11731     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
11732 
11733     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
11734     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
11735       return D;
11736   }
11737 
11738   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
11739   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
11740   // this function.
11741   FD->setWillHaveBody();
11742 
11743   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
11744   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
11745   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
11746   // LambdaScopeInfo.
11747   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
11748   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
11749   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
11750   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
11751   // have the LSI properly restored.
11752   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
11753     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
11754       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
11755       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
11756     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
11757   }
11758   else
11759     // Enter a new function scope
11760     PushFunctionScope();
11761 
11762   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
11763   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11764     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
11765         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
11766       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
11767       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11768     }
11769   }
11770 
11771   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
11772   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
11773   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
11774   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
11775       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11776       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
11777                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
11778     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11779 
11780   if (FnBodyScope)
11781     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
11782 
11783   // Check the validity of our function parameters
11784   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
11785                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
11786 
11787   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
11788   // scope.
11789   if (FnBodyScope) {
11790     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
11791       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
11792       if (!NonParmDecl)
11793         continue;
11794       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
11795              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
11796 
11797       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
11798       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
11799         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11800 
11801       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
11802       // accessible in this scope.
11803       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
11804         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
11805           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11806       }
11807     }
11808   }
11809 
11810   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
11811   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
11812     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
11813 
11814     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11815     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
11816       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
11817 
11818       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
11819     }
11820   }
11821 
11822   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
11823   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
11824     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
11825 
11826   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
11827   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
11828       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
11829     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
11830     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
11831     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11832     return D;
11833   }
11834   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
11835   // a function template).
11836   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
11837   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11838       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
11839       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
11840     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
11841 
11842   return D;
11843 }
11844 
11845 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
11846 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
11847 /// optimization.
11848 ///
11849 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
11850 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
11851 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
11852 /// use the named return value optimization.
11853 ///
11854 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
11855 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
11856 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
11857 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
11858   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
11859 
11860   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
11861     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
11862       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
11863         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
11864     }
11865   }
11866 }
11867 
11868 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
11869   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
11870   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
11871     return false;
11872 
11873   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
11874   // return type (yet).
11875   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
11876     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
11877     // we can still delay parsing it.
11878     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
11879       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
11880       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
11881           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
11882         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
11883         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
11884       }
11885     }
11886     return false;
11887   }
11888 
11889   return true;
11890 }
11891 
11892 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
11893   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
11894   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
11895   // rest of the file.
11896   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
11897   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
11898   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
11899     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
11900       return false;
11901   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
11902 }
11903 
11904 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
11905   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
11906     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
11907   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
11908     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
11909   return Decl;
11910 }
11911 
11912 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
11913   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
11914 }
11915 
11916 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
11917                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
11918   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
11919 
11920   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
11921   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
11922 
11923   if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty())
11924     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
11925 
11926   if (FD) {
11927     FD->setBody(Body);
11928 
11929     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
11930       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
11931           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
11932         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
11933         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
11934         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
11935         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
11936           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
11937               << FD->getReturnType();
11938           FD->setInvalidDecl();
11939         } else {
11940           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
11941           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
11942           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
11943               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
11944         }
11945       }
11946     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
11947       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
11948       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
11949       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
11950       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
11951         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
11952 
11953         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
11954         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
11955         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
11956         QualType RetType =
11957             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
11958 
11959         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
11960         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
11961             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11962         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
11963                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
11964       }
11965     }
11966 
11967     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
11968     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
11969     // is the first declaration.
11970     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
11971       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
11972         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11973       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
11974                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
11975                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
11976         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11977     }
11978 
11979     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
11980     // don't complain about missing return statements.
11981     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
11982       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
11983 
11984     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
11985     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
11986     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
11987       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
11988 
11989     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11990       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
11991       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
11992         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
11993       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
11994                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
11995 
11996       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
11997       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
11998         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
11999       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
12000         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
12001 
12002       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
12003       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
12004       // to deduce an implicit return type.
12005       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
12006           !FD->isDependentContext())
12007         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
12008     }
12009 
12010     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
12011     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
12012     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
12013     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
12014     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
12015     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
12016     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
12017       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
12018 
12019       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
12020         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
12021         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
12022         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
12023                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
12024           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
12025           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
12026             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
12027                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
12028                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
12029                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
12030         }
12031       }
12032 
12033       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
12034       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
12035       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
12036       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
12037       //   An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition
12038       //   of that function specifies that the function has no parameters
12039       //   (C99 6.7.5.3p14)
12040       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 &&
12041           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
12042         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
12043         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
12044         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.castAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
12045         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1;
12046       }
12047     }
12048 
12049     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
12050       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
12051       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
12052           MD->isVirtual() &&
12053           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
12054           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
12055         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
12056         if (FD->isInlined() &&
12057             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
12058           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
12059 
12060           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
12061           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
12062           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
12063           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
12064           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
12065             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
12066         } else {
12067           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
12068           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
12069         }
12070       }
12071     }
12072 
12073     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
12074            "Function parsing confused");
12075   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
12076     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
12077     MD->setBody(Body);
12078     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12079       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters());
12080       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
12081                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
12082 
12083       if (Body)
12084         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
12085     }
12086     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
12087       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
12088         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
12089       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
12090     }
12091     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
12092       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
12093       bool isDesignated =
12094           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
12095       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
12096       (void)isDesignated;
12097 
12098       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
12099         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
12100         if (!IFace)
12101           return false;
12102         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
12103         if (!SuperD)
12104           return false;
12105         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
12106             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
12107       };
12108       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
12109       // of NSObject.
12110       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
12111         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
12112              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
12113         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
12114              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
12115       }
12116       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
12117     }
12118     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
12119       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
12120       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
12121         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
12122              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
12123       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
12124     }
12125   } else {
12126     return nullptr;
12127   }
12128 
12129   if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
12130     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
12131 
12132   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
12133          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
12134          "handled in the block above.");
12135 
12136   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
12137   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
12138     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
12139     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
12140     // Verify this.
12141     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
12142       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
12143 
12144     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
12145     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
12146         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
12147       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
12148 
12149     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
12150       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
12151         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
12152 
12153       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
12154                                              Destructor->getParent());
12155     }
12156 
12157     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12158     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12159     // deletion in some later function.
12160     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
12161         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
12162       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12163     }
12164     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
12165         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
12166       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
12167       // enabled.
12168       ActivePolicy = &WP;
12169     }
12170 
12171     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
12172         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
12173          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
12174       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12175 
12176     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
12177       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
12178         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
12179         // require prologue.
12180         bool RegisterVariables = false;
12181         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
12182           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
12183             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
12184               RegisterVariables =
12185                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
12186               if (!RegisterVariables)
12187                 break;
12188             }
12189           }
12190         }
12191         if (RegisterVariables)
12192           continue;
12193         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
12194           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
12195           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
12196           FD->setInvalidDecl();
12197           break;
12198         }
12199       }
12200     }
12201 
12202     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
12203                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
12204            "Leftover temporaries in function");
12205     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
12206     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
12207            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
12208   }
12209 
12210   if (!IsInstantiation)
12211     PopDeclContext();
12212 
12213   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
12214   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12215   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12216   // deletion in some later function.
12217   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
12218     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12219   }
12220 
12221   return dcl;
12222 }
12223 
12224 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
12225 /// relevant Decl.
12226 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
12227                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
12228   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
12229   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
12230     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
12231   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
12232 
12233   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
12234     if (Method->isStatic())
12235       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
12236 }
12237 
12238 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
12239 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
12240 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
12241                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
12242   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
12243   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
12244   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
12245   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
12246   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
12247     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
12248     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12249     return ExternCPrev;
12250   }
12251 
12252   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
12253   unsigned diag_id;
12254   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
12255     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
12256   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
12257     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
12258   else
12259     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
12260   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
12261 
12262   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
12263   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
12264   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
12265     TypoCorrection Corrected;
12266     if (S &&
12267         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
12268              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
12269              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
12270       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
12271                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
12272   }
12273 
12274   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
12275   const char *Dummy;
12276   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
12277   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
12278   unsigned DiagID;
12279   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
12280                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
12281   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
12282   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
12283   SourceLocation NoLoc;
12284   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
12285   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
12286                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
12287                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12288                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
12289                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
12290                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
12291                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12292                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
12293                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
12294                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12295                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12296                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12297                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12298                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
12299                                              EST_None,
12300                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
12301                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
12302                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
12303                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
12304                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
12305                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
12306                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None,
12307                                              Loc, Loc, D),
12308                 DS.getAttributes(),
12309                 SourceLocation());
12310   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
12311 
12312   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
12313 
12314   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
12315   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
12316 
12317   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
12318   FD->setImplicit();
12319 
12320   CurContext = PrevDC;
12321 
12322   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
12323 
12324   return FD;
12325 }
12326 
12327 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
12328 /// the declaration of this function.
12329 ///
12330 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
12331 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
12332 /// like NSLog or printf.
12333 ///
12334 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
12335 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
12336 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
12337   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
12338     return;
12339 
12340   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
12341   // actual attributes.
12342   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
12343     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
12344     unsigned FormatIdx;
12345     bool HasVAListArg;
12346     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
12347       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
12348         const char *fmt = "printf";
12349         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
12350         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
12351             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
12352           fmt = "NSString";
12353         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12354                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
12355                                                FormatIdx+1,
12356                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12357                                                FD->getLocation()));
12358       }
12359     }
12360     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
12361                                              HasVAListArg)) {
12362      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12363        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12364                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
12365                                               FormatIdx+1,
12366                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12367                                               FD->getLocation()));
12368     }
12369 
12370     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
12371     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
12372     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
12373     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
12374         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
12375       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12376         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12377     }
12378 
12379     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
12380         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
12381       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12382                                          FD->getLocation()));
12383     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
12384       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12385     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
12386       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12387     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12388       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12389     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
12390         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
12391       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
12392       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
12393       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
12394       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
12395           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
12396         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12397       else
12398         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12399     }
12400   }
12401 
12402   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
12403   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
12404   // across.
12405   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
12406       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
12407     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12408     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
12409       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12410   }
12411 
12412   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
12413   if (!Name)
12414     return;
12415   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12416        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
12417       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
12418        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
12419        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
12420     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
12421     // about.
12422   } else
12423     return;
12424 
12425   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
12426     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
12427     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
12428     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12429       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12430                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
12431                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
12432                                              FD->getLocation()));
12433   }
12434 
12435   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
12436     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
12437     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
12438     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
12439       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
12440                                                 FD->getLocation()));
12441   }
12442 }
12443 
12444 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
12445                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
12446   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
12447   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
12448 
12449   if (!TInfo) {
12450     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
12451     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12452   }
12453 
12454   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
12455   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12456                                            D.getLocStart(),
12457                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
12458                                            D.getIdentifier(),
12459                                            TInfo);
12460 
12461   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
12462   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
12463     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
12464     return NewTD;
12465   }
12466 
12467   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
12468     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
12469       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
12470         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
12471         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
12472         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
12473     else
12474       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
12475   }
12476 
12477   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
12478   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
12479   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
12480   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
12481   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
12482   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
12483   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
12484   case TST_enum:
12485   case TST_struct:
12486   case TST_interface:
12487   case TST_union:
12488   case TST_class: {
12489     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
12490     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
12491     break;
12492   }
12493 
12494   default:
12495     break;
12496   }
12497 
12498   return NewTD;
12499 }
12500 
12501 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
12502 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
12503   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
12504   QualType T = TI->getType();
12505 
12506   if (T->isDependentType())
12507     return false;
12508 
12509   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
12510     if (BT->isInteger())
12511       return false;
12512 
12513   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
12514   return true;
12515 }
12516 
12517 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
12518 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
12519 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(
12520     SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
12521     bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) {
12522   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
12523 
12524   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
12525     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
12526       << Prev->isScoped();
12527     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12528     return true;
12529   }
12530 
12531   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
12532     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
12533         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
12534         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
12535                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
12536       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
12537       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
12538         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
12539       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
12540           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
12541       return true;
12542     }
12543   } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) {
12544     ;
12545   } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) {
12546     ;
12547   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
12548     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
12549       << Prev->isFixed();
12550     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12551     return true;
12552   }
12553 
12554   return false;
12555 }
12556 
12557 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
12558 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
12559 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
12560 ///
12561 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
12562 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
12563   switch (Tag) {
12564   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
12565   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
12566   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
12567   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
12568   }
12569 }
12570 
12571 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
12572 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
12573 ///
12574 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
12575 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
12576 {
12577   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
12578 }
12579 
12580 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
12581                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
12582   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
12583     return NTK_Typedef;
12584   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
12585     return NTK_TypeAlias;
12586   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12587     return NTK_Template;
12588   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12589     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
12590   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
12591     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
12592   switch (TTK) {
12593   case TTK_Struct:
12594   case TTK_Interface:
12595   case TTK_Class:
12596     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
12597   case TTK_Union:
12598     return NTK_NonUnion;
12599   case TTK_Enum:
12600     return NTK_NonEnum;
12601   }
12602   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
12603 }
12604 
12605 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
12606 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
12607 ///
12608 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
12609 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
12610                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
12611                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
12612                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
12613   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
12614   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
12615   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
12616   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
12617   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
12618   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
12619   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
12620   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
12621   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
12622   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
12623   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
12624   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
12625   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
12626   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
12627   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
12628     if (OldTag == NewTag)
12629       return true;
12630 
12631   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
12632     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
12633     bool isTemplate = false;
12634     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
12635       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
12636 
12637     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
12638       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
12639       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
12640       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12641         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12642         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12643       return true;
12644     }
12645 
12646     if (isDefinition) {
12647       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
12648       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
12649       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12650         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
12651         return true;
12652       }
12653 
12654       bool previousMismatch = false;
12655       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
12656         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
12657           if (!previousMismatch) {
12658             previousMismatch = true;
12659             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
12660               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12661               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
12662           }
12663           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12664             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
12665             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
12666                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
12667         }
12668       }
12669       return true;
12670     }
12671 
12672     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
12673     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
12674     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
12675     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
12676                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
12677     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
12678       return true;
12679     }
12680 
12681     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12682       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12683       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12684     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12685 
12686     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
12687     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12688         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12689           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
12690           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
12691                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
12692     }
12693 
12694     return true;
12695   }
12696   return false;
12697 }
12698 
12699 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
12700 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
12701 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
12702 ///   namespace N {
12703 ///     struct X;
12704 ///     namespace M {
12705 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
12706 ///     }
12707 ///   }
12708 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
12709                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12710   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
12711   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
12712   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
12713   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
12714   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12715   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
12716     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
12717     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
12718     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
12719     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
12720       return FixItHint();
12721     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
12722     Namespaces.push_back(II);
12723     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
12724         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
12725     if (Lookup == Namespace)
12726       break;
12727   }
12728 
12729   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
12730   // build an NNS.
12731   SmallString<64> Insertion;
12732   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
12733   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
12734     OS << "::";
12735   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
12736   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
12737     OS << II->getName() << "::";
12738   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
12739 }
12740 
12741 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
12742 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
12743 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
12744 /// using-declaration).
12745 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
12746                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
12747   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
12748   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
12749 
12750   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
12751     return true;
12752 
12753   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
12754   // encloses the other).
12755   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
12756       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
12757     return true;
12758 
12759   return false;
12760 }
12761 
12762 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
12763 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
12764 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
12765 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
12766 ///
12767 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
12768 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
12769 ///
12770 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
12771 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
12772 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
12773                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
12774                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
12775                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
12776                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
12777                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
12778                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
12779                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
12780                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
12781                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
12782                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
12783   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
12784   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
12785   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
12786          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
12787   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
12788 
12789   OwnedDecl = false;
12790   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
12791   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
12792 
12793   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
12794   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
12795   bool Invalid = false;
12796 
12797   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
12798   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
12799   // for non-C++ cases.
12800   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
12801       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
12802     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
12803             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
12804                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
12805                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
12806       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12807         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
12808         return nullptr;
12809       }
12810 
12811       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
12812         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
12813         // be a member of another template).
12814 
12815         if (Invalid)
12816           return nullptr;
12817 
12818         OwnedDecl = false;
12819         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
12820                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
12821                                                TemplateParams, AS,
12822                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
12823                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
12824                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
12825                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
12826                                                SkipBody);
12827         return Result.get();
12828       } else {
12829         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
12830         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
12831           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
12832         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
12833       }
12834     }
12835   }
12836 
12837   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
12838   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
12839   // redeclaration.
12840   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
12841   bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false;
12842 
12843   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12844     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
12845       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
12846       // type, default to int.
12847       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12848     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
12849       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
12850       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
12851       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
12852       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
12853       EnumUnderlying = TI;
12854 
12855       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
12856         // Recover by falling back to int.
12857         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12858 
12859       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
12860                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
12861         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12862 
12863     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12864       if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12865         // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
12866         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12867         EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true;
12868       }
12869     }
12870   }
12871 
12872   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
12873   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
12874   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
12875   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
12876 
12877   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
12878   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
12879     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
12880 
12881   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
12882   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12883     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
12884 
12885     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
12886     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
12887       Name = nullptr;
12888       goto CreateNewDecl;
12889     }
12890 
12891     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
12892     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
12893     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12894       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
12895       if (!DC) {
12896         IsDependent = true;
12897         return nullptr;
12898       }
12899     } else {
12900       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
12901       if (!DC) {
12902         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
12903           << SS.getRange();
12904         return nullptr;
12905       }
12906     }
12907 
12908     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
12909       return nullptr;
12910 
12911     SearchDC = DC;
12912     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
12913     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
12914 
12915     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
12916       return nullptr;
12917 
12918     if (Previous.empty()) {
12919       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
12920       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
12921       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
12922       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
12923       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
12924       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
12925       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
12926           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
12927         IsDependent = true;
12928         return nullptr;
12929       }
12930 
12931       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
12932       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
12933         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
12934       Name = nullptr;
12935       Invalid = true;
12936       goto CreateNewDecl;
12937     }
12938   } else if (Name) {
12939     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
12940     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
12941     //   name different from T:
12942     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
12943     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
12944         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
12945       return nullptr;
12946 
12947     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
12948     // declaration or definition.
12949     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
12950     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
12951     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
12952     LookupName(Previous, S);
12953 
12954     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
12955     // by types using'ed into this scope.
12956     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
12957         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
12958       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12959       while (F.hasNext()) {
12960         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12961         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
12962                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
12963           F.erase();
12964       }
12965       F.done();
12966     }
12967 
12968     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
12969     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
12970     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
12971     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
12972     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
12973     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
12974     //
12975     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
12976     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
12977     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
12978     //
12979     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
12980     // semantic context?
12981     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12982       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12983       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12984       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
12985       while (F.hasNext()) {
12986         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12987         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12988         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
12989             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
12990           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12991             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
12992           else
12993             F.erase();
12994         }
12995       }
12996       F.done();
12997 
12998       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
12999       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
13000       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
13001         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
13002         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
13003             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
13004       }
13005     }
13006 
13007     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
13008     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
13009       return nullptr;
13010 
13011     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
13012       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
13013       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
13014       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
13015       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
13016       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
13017         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
13018     }
13019   }
13020 
13021   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
13022       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
13023     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13024     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
13025     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13026     Previous.clear();
13027   }
13028 
13029   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
13030       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
13031     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
13032       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
13033       isStdBadAlloc = true;
13034 
13035       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
13036       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
13037       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
13038       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
13039         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
13040     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
13041       isStdAlignValT = true;
13042       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
13043         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
13044     }
13045   }
13046 
13047   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
13048   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
13049   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
13050   // there's a shadow friend decl.
13051   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
13052       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
13053     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
13054     assert(SS.isEmpty());
13055 
13056     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13057       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
13058       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
13059       //
13060       //          class-key identifier
13061       //
13062       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
13063       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
13064       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
13065       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
13066       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
13067       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
13068       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
13069       //      declaration.
13070       //
13071       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
13072       // C structs and unions.
13073       //
13074       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
13075       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
13076       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
13077       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
13078       //
13079       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
13080       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
13081       //
13082       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
13083       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
13084       // lexical context,
13085       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
13086 
13087       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
13088       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13089     } else {
13090       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
13091       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
13092       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
13093       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
13094       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
13095       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
13096     }
13097 
13098     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
13099     // diagnose some problems.
13100     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
13101     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
13102     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
13103     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
13104     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13105       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
13106       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
13107     } else {
13108       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
13109       LookupName(Previous, S);
13110     }
13111   }
13112 
13113   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
13114   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
13115     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
13116 
13117   if (!Previous.empty()) {
13118     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
13119     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
13120 
13121     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
13122     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
13123     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
13124     // in C++.
13125     //
13126     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
13127     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
13128     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
13129     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
13130     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13131       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13132         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
13133           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
13134           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
13135               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
13136                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
13137             PrevDecl = Tag;
13138             Previous.clear();
13139             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
13140             Previous.resolveKind();
13141           }
13142         }
13143       }
13144     }
13145 
13146     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
13147     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
13148     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
13149     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
13150       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
13151       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
13152           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
13153           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
13154                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
13155         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
13156         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
13157              diag::note_using_decl_target);
13158         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
13159             << 0;
13160         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
13161         Previous.clear();
13162         goto CreateNewDecl;
13163       }
13164     }
13165 
13166     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13167       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
13168       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
13169       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
13170       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
13171           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13172                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
13173         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
13174         // struct or something similar.
13175         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
13176                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
13177                                           Name)) {
13178           bool SafeToContinue
13179             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
13180                Kind != TTK_Enum);
13181           if (SafeToContinue)
13182             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
13183               << Name
13184               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
13185                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
13186           else
13187             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
13188           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
13189 
13190           if (SafeToContinue)
13191             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
13192           else {
13193             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
13194             Name = nullptr;
13195             Previous.clear();
13196             Invalid = true;
13197           }
13198         }
13199 
13200         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
13201           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
13202 
13203           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
13204           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
13205           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13206             if (ScopedEnum)
13207               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
13208                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
13209                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
13210             return PrevTagDecl;
13211           }
13212 
13213           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
13214           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13215             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
13216           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
13217             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
13218 
13219           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
13220           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
13221           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
13222           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
13223                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
13224                                      EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum))
13225             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
13226         }
13227 
13228         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
13229         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
13230         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
13231         //   and then later defined.
13232         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
13233             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13234           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
13235           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13236         }
13237 
13238         if (!Invalid) {
13239           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
13240           // we have attributes.
13241           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13242             if (Attr) {
13243               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
13244               // declaration to hold them.
13245             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
13246                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
13247                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
13248                         PP.getModuleContainingLocation(
13249                             PrevDecl->getLocation()) !=
13250                             PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) &&
13251                        SS.isEmpty()) {
13252               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
13253               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
13254               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
13255               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
13256               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
13257               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
13258               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
13259               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
13260                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13261                 return PrevTagDecl;
13262               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
13263               // that scope.
13264               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13265             } else {
13266               return PrevTagDecl;
13267             }
13268           }
13269 
13270           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
13271           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13272             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
13273               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
13274               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
13275               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
13276               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
13277               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
13278                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
13279                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13280                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13281                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13282                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
13283                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13284                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13285                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13286               }
13287 
13288               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
13289               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13290                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
13291                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
13292                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
13293                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
13294                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
13295                 // use it in place of this one.
13296                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13297                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
13298                 return Def;
13299               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
13300                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
13301                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
13302                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
13303                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
13304                 else
13305                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
13306                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13307                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
13308                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
13309                 // references get the previous definition.
13310                 Name = nullptr;
13311                 Previous.clear();
13312                 Invalid = true;
13313               }
13314             } else {
13315               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
13316               // about a nested redefinition.
13317               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
13318               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
13319                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
13320                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
13321                      diag::note_previous_definition);
13322                 Name = nullptr;
13323                 Previous.clear();
13324                 Invalid = true;
13325               }
13326             }
13327 
13328             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
13329             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
13330           }
13331 
13332           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
13333           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
13334           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
13335           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13336             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
13337             AS = AS_none;
13338           }
13339         }
13340         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
13341         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
13342 
13343       } else {
13344         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
13345         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
13346         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
13347         // have distinct types.
13348         Previous.clear();
13349       }
13350       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
13351       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
13352       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
13353 
13354     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
13355     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
13356     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
13357     } else {
13358       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
13359       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
13360       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
13361       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
13362           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
13363         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
13364         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
13365                                                        << Kind;
13366         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13367         Invalid = true;
13368 
13369       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
13370       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13371                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
13372         // do nothing
13373 
13374       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
13375       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13376         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
13377         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
13378         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13379         Invalid = true;
13380 
13381       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
13382       // case here.
13383       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13384         unsigned Kind = 0;
13385         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
13386         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
13387           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
13388         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13389         Invalid = true;
13390 
13391       // Otherwise, diagnose.
13392       } else {
13393         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
13394         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
13395         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
13396         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13397         Name = nullptr;
13398         Invalid = true;
13399       }
13400 
13401       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
13402       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
13403       Previous.clear();
13404     }
13405   }
13406 
13407 CreateNewDecl:
13408 
13409   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13410   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
13411     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
13412 
13413   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
13414   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
13415   // keyword.
13416   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
13417 
13418   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
13419   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
13420   // PrevDecl.
13421   TagDecl *New;
13422 
13423   bool IsForwardReference = false;
13424   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13425     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13426     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
13427     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13428                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
13429                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
13430 
13431     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
13432       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13433 
13434     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
13435     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
13436       TagDecl *Def;
13437       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
13438           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
13439         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
13440         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
13441       }
13442       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
13443         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
13444           << New;
13445         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13446       } else {
13447         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
13448         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
13449           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
13450         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13451           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
13452         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
13453 
13454         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
13455         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
13456         // the declaration context.
13457         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
13458           IsForwardReference = true;
13459       }
13460     }
13461 
13462     if (EnumUnderlying) {
13463       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13464       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13465         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
13466       else
13467         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
13468       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
13469     }
13470   } else {
13471     // struct/union/class
13472 
13473     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13474     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
13475     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13476       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
13477       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13478                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13479 
13480       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
13481         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
13482     } else
13483       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13484                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13485   }
13486 
13487   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
13488   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
13489   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13490     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
13491       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13492     Invalid = true;
13493   }
13494 
13495   // Maybe add qualifier info.
13496   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
13497     if (SS.isSet()) {
13498       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
13499       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
13500       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
13501       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
13502       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
13503       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
13504           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
13505           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
13506         Invalid = true;
13507 
13508       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
13509       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
13510         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
13511       }
13512     }
13513     else
13514       Invalid = true;
13515   }
13516 
13517   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
13518     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
13519     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
13520     //
13521     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
13522     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
13523     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
13524     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
13525     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
13526     // parsing of the struct).
13527     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13528       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
13529       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
13530     }
13531   }
13532 
13533   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
13534     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
13535       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
13536         << 2
13537         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
13538     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
13539     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
13540     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
13541     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
13542       New->setModulePrivate();
13543   }
13544 
13545   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
13546   // check the specialization.
13547   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
13548     Invalid = true;
13549 
13550   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
13551   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
13552   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
13553   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
13554       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
13555     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13556       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
13557       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
13558       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
13559         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
13560             << Name;
13561         Invalid = true;
13562       }
13563     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
13564       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13565     }
13566   }
13567 
13568   if (Invalid)
13569     New->setInvalidDecl();
13570 
13571   if (Attr)
13572     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13573 
13574   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
13575   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
13576   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
13577 
13578   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
13579   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
13580   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
13581   // the tag name visible.
13582   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
13583     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
13584 
13585   // Set the access specifier.
13586   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
13587     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
13588 
13589   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
13590     New->startDefinition();
13591 
13592   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
13593   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13594     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
13595     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
13596     if (PrevDecl)
13597       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
13598 
13599     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13600     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13601     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
13602       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
13603         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
13604   } else if (Name) {
13605     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13606     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
13607     if (IsForwardReference)
13608       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13609   } else {
13610     CurContext->addDecl(New);
13611   }
13612 
13613   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
13614   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
13615     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
13616         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
13617         II->isStr("FILE"))
13618       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
13619 
13620   if (PrevDecl)
13621     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
13622 
13623   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13624   // record.
13625   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
13626 
13627   OwnedDecl = true;
13628   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
13629   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
13630   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13631     if (New->isBeingDefined())
13632       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
13633         RD->completeDefinition();
13634     return nullptr;
13635   } else {
13636     return New;
13637   }
13638 }
13639 
13640 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13641   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13642   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13643 
13644   // Enter the tag context.
13645   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
13646 
13647   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
13648 
13649   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13650   // record.
13651   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
13652 }
13653 
13654 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
13655   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
13656          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
13657   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
13658   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
13659       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
13660   CurContext = OCD;
13661   return IDecl;
13662 }
13663 
13664 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13665                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
13666                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
13667                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
13668   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13669   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
13670 
13671   FieldCollector->StartClass();
13672 
13673   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
13674     return;
13675 
13676   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
13677     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
13678                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
13679 
13680   // C++ [class]p2:
13681   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
13682   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
13683   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
13684   //   as if it were a public member name.
13685   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
13686     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
13687                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
13688                             Record->getIdentifier(),
13689                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
13690                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
13691   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
13692   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
13693   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
13694   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
13695       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
13696   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
13697   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
13698          "Broken injected-class-name");
13699 }
13700 
13701 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13702                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
13703   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13704   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13705   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
13706 
13707   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13708   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13709     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
13710     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13711       RD->completeDefinition();
13712   }
13713 
13714   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
13715     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
13716 
13717   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
13718   PopDeclContext();
13719 
13720   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
13721       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
13722     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
13723 
13724   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
13725   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
13726     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
13727 }
13728 
13729 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
13730   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
13731   PopDeclContext();
13732 }
13733 
13734 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13735   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
13736   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
13737   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
13738 }
13739 
13740 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13741   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
13742   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
13743 }
13744 
13745 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13746   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13747   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13748   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
13749 
13750   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13751   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13752     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13753       RD->completeDefinition();
13754   }
13755 
13756   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
13757   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
13758   // the FieldCollector.
13759 
13760   PopDeclContext();
13761 }
13762 
13763 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
13764 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
13765                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
13766                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
13767                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
13768   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
13769   if (ZeroWidth)
13770     *ZeroWidth = true;
13771 
13772   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
13773   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
13774   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
13775     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
13776     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
13777       return ExprError();
13778     if (FieldName)
13779       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
13780         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13781     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
13782       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13783   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
13784                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
13785     return ExprError();
13786 
13787   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
13788   // it now.
13789   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
13790     return BitWidth;
13791 
13792   llvm::APSInt Value;
13793   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
13794   if (ICE.isInvalid())
13795     return ICE;
13796   BitWidth = ICE.get();
13797 
13798   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
13799     *ZeroWidth = false;
13800 
13801   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
13802   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
13803     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
13804 
13805   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
13806     if (FieldName)
13807       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13808                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
13809     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13810       << Value.toString(10);
13811   }
13812 
13813   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
13814     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
13815     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
13816     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
13817 
13818     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
13819     // ABI.
13820     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
13821         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
13822     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
13823         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
13824         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
13825     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
13826       unsigned DiagWidth =
13827           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
13828       if (FieldName)
13829         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13830                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13831                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
13832 
13833       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13834              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
13835              << DiagWidth;
13836     }
13837 
13838     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
13839     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
13840     // 'bool'.
13841     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
13842       if (FieldName)
13843         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13844             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13845             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13846       else
13847         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13848             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13849     }
13850   }
13851 
13852   return BitWidth;
13853 }
13854 
13855 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
13856 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
13857 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
13858                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
13859   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
13860                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
13861                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
13862   return Res;
13863 }
13864 
13865 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
13866 ///
13867 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
13868                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
13869                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
13870                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13871                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
13872   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
13873     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
13874     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
13875       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
13876     return nullptr;
13877   }
13878 
13879   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13880   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
13881   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
13882 
13883   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13884   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
13885   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13886     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13887 
13888     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
13889                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
13890       D.setInvalidType();
13891       T = Context.IntTy;
13892       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
13893     }
13894   }
13895 
13896   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
13897   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
13898     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
13899     D.setInvalidType();
13900   }
13901 
13902   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
13903   // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
13904   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() ||
13905                           T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) {
13906     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
13907     D.setInvalidType();
13908   }
13909 
13910   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
13911 
13912   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
13913     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13914         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
13915   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13916     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13917          diag::err_invalid_thread)
13918       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13919 
13920   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
13921   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13922   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
13923   LookupName(Previous, S);
13924   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
13925     case LookupResult::Found:
13926     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
13927       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
13928       break;
13929 
13930     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
13931       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
13932       break;
13933 
13934     case LookupResult::NotFound:
13935     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
13936     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
13937       break;
13938   }
13939   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
13940 
13941   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13942     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13943     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13944     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13945     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13946   }
13947 
13948   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
13949     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13950 
13951   bool Mutable
13952     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
13953   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
13954   FieldDecl *NewFD
13955     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
13956                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
13957 
13958   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
13959     Record->setInvalidDecl();
13960 
13961   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13962     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
13963 
13964   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
13965     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
13966     // with the same name in the same scope.
13967   } else if (II) {
13968     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
13969   } else
13970     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
13971 
13972   return NewFD;
13973 }
13974 
13975 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
13976 ///
13977 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
13978 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
13979 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
13980 /// created.
13981 ///
13982 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
13983 ///
13984 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
13985 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
13986                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
13987                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
13988                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
13989                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13990                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
13991                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
13992                                 Declarator *D) {
13993   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
13994   bool InvalidDecl = false;
13995   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
13996 
13997   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
13998   // marking this declaration as invalid.
13999   if (T.isNull()) {
14000     InvalidDecl = true;
14001     T = Context.IntTy;
14002   }
14003 
14004   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
14005   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
14006     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14007       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
14008       Record->setInvalidDecl();
14009       InvalidDecl = true;
14010     } else {
14011       NamedDecl *Def;
14012       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
14013       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
14014         Record->setInvalidDecl();
14015         InvalidDecl = true;
14016       }
14017     }
14018   }
14019 
14020   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
14021   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
14022     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
14023     InvalidDecl = true;
14024   }
14025 
14026   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14027   // than a variably modified type.
14028   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14029     bool SizeIsNegative;
14030     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
14031 
14032     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
14033       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
14034                                                     SizeIsNegative,
14035                                                     Oversized);
14036     if (FixedTInfo) {
14037       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
14038       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
14039       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
14040     } else {
14041       if (SizeIsNegative)
14042         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
14043       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
14044         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
14045           << Oversized.toString(10);
14046       else
14047         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
14048       InvalidDecl = true;
14049     }
14050   }
14051 
14052   // Fields can not have abstract class types
14053   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
14054                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14055                                              AbstractFieldType))
14056     InvalidDecl = true;
14057 
14058   bool ZeroWidth = false;
14059   if (InvalidDecl)
14060     BitWidth = nullptr;
14061   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
14062   if (BitWidth) {
14063     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
14064                               &ZeroWidth).get();
14065     if (!BitWidth) {
14066       InvalidDecl = true;
14067       BitWidth = nullptr;
14068       ZeroWidth = false;
14069     }
14070   }
14071 
14072   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
14073   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
14074     unsigned DiagID = 0;
14075     if (T->isReferenceType())
14076       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
14077                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
14078     else if (T.isConstQualified())
14079       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
14080 
14081     if (DiagID) {
14082       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
14083       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
14084         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
14085       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
14086       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
14087         Mutable = false;
14088         InvalidDecl = true;
14089       }
14090     }
14091   }
14092 
14093   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
14094   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
14095   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
14096   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
14097     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
14098 
14099   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
14100                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
14101   if (InvalidDecl)
14102     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14103 
14104   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14105     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14106     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14107     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14108   }
14109 
14110   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14111     if (Record->isUnion()) {
14112       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14113         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14114         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14115           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
14116           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
14117           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
14118           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
14119           // objects.
14120           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
14121             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14122         }
14123       }
14124 
14125       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
14126       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
14127       // enabled.
14128       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
14129         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
14130                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
14131                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
14132           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
14133         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
14134           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14135       }
14136     }
14137   }
14138 
14139   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
14140   // representation, not a parser representation.
14141   if (D) {
14142     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
14143     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
14144 
14145     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
14146       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
14147   }
14148 
14149   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
14150   // retainable type.
14151   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
14152     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14153 
14154   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
14155     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
14156 
14157   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
14158   return NewFD;
14159 }
14160 
14161 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
14162   assert(FD);
14163   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
14164 
14165   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
14166     return false;
14167 
14168   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14169   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14170     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14171     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14172       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
14173       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
14174       // copy constructors.
14175 
14176       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
14177       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
14178       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
14179       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
14180       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
14181       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
14182       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
14183         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
14184       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
14185         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
14186       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
14187         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
14188       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
14189         member = CXXDestructor;
14190 
14191       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
14192         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
14193             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
14194           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
14195           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
14196           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
14197           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
14198           // members unavailable.
14199           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
14200           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
14201             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
14202               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14203                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
14204             return false;
14205           }
14206         }
14207 
14208         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
14209                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
14210                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
14211           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
14212         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
14213         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
14214       }
14215     }
14216   }
14217 
14218   return false;
14219 }
14220 
14221 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
14222 ///  AST enum value.
14223 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
14224 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
14225   switch (ivarVisibility) {
14226   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
14227   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
14228   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
14229   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
14230   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
14231   }
14232 }
14233 
14234 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
14235 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
14236 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
14237                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
14238                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
14239                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
14240 
14241   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
14242   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
14243   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
14244   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
14245 
14246   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
14247   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
14248 
14249   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
14250   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
14251 
14252   if (BitWidth) {
14253     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
14254     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
14255     if (!BitWidth)
14256       D.setInvalidType();
14257   } else {
14258     // Not a bitfield.
14259 
14260     // validate II.
14261 
14262   }
14263   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
14264     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
14265     D.setInvalidType();
14266   }
14267   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14268   // than a variably modified type.
14269   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14270     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
14271     D.setInvalidType();
14272   }
14273 
14274   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
14275   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
14276     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
14277                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
14278   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
14279   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
14280   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
14281     return nullptr;
14282   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
14283   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14284       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14285     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
14286     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
14287       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
14288       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
14289     }
14290     else
14291       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14292   } else {
14293     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14294         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14295       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
14296         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
14297         return nullptr;
14298       }
14299     }
14300     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14301   }
14302 
14303   // Construct the decl.
14304   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
14305                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
14306                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
14307 
14308   if (II) {
14309     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
14310                                            ForRedeclaration);
14311     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
14312         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14313       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14314       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14315       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14316     }
14317   }
14318 
14319   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
14320   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
14321 
14322   if (D.isInvalidType())
14323     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14324 
14325   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
14326   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
14327     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14328 
14329   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14330     NewID->setModulePrivate();
14331 
14332   if (II) {
14333     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
14334     // these to the interface.
14335     S->AddDecl(NewID);
14336     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
14337   }
14338 
14339   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
14340       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
14341     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
14342 
14343   return NewID;
14344 }
14345 
14346 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
14347 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
14348 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
14349 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
14350 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
14351                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
14352   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
14353     return;
14354 
14355   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
14356   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
14357 
14358   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
14359     return;
14360   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
14361   if (!ID) {
14362     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
14363       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
14364         return;
14365     }
14366     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
14367     else
14368       return;
14369   }
14370   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
14371   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
14372   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
14373 
14374   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
14375                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
14376                               Context.CharTy,
14377                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
14378                                                                DeclLoc),
14379                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
14380                               true);
14381   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
14382 }
14383 
14384 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
14385                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
14386                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
14387   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
14388 
14389   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
14390   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
14391   // it will now change.
14392   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14393     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14394     switch (DC->getKind()) {
14395     default: break;
14396     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
14397       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14398       break;
14399     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
14400       Context.
14401         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14402       break;
14403     }
14404   }
14405 
14406   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14407 
14408   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
14409   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
14410   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
14411   if (Record) {
14412     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
14413       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
14414         if (IFD->getDeclName())
14415           ++NumNamedMembers;
14416     }
14417   }
14418 
14419   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
14420   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
14421 
14422   bool ARCErrReported = false;
14423   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
14424        i != end; ++i) {
14425     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
14426 
14427     // Get the type for the field.
14428     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
14429 
14430     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
14431       // Remember all fields written by the user.
14432       RecFields.push_back(FD);
14433     }
14434 
14435     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
14436     // diagnostics about it.
14437     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14438       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14439       continue;
14440     }
14441 
14442     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
14443     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
14444     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
14445     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
14446     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
14447     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
14448     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
14449     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
14450     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
14451     //   array.
14452     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
14453       // Field declared as a function.
14454       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
14455         << FD->getDeclName();
14456       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14457       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14458       continue;
14459     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
14460                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
14461                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
14462                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
14463                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
14464       // Flexible array member.
14465       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
14466       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
14467       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
14468       unsigned DiagID = 0;
14469       if (Record->isUnion())
14470         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14471                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
14472                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14473                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
14474                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
14475       else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
14476         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14477                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
14478                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14479                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
14480                            : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
14481 
14482       if (DiagID)
14483         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
14484                                         << Record->getTagKind();
14485       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
14486       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
14487       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
14488       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
14489       // of the type.
14490       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
14491         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
14492           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
14493             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14494       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
14495         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
14496           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14497 
14498       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
14499       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
14500       //
14501       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
14502       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
14503       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14504       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
14505         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
14506           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14507         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14508         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14509         continue;
14510       }
14511       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
14512       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14513     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
14514                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14515                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14516       // Incomplete type
14517       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14518       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14519       continue;
14520     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14521       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
14522         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
14523         // flexible array member.
14524         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14525         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
14526           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
14527           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
14528           // structures.
14529           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
14530             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
14531               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14532           else {
14533             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
14534             // other structs as an extension.
14535             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
14536               << FD->getDeclName();
14537           }
14538         }
14539       }
14540       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
14541           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14542                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14543                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
14544         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
14545         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14546       }
14547       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14548         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14549       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
14550         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14551     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
14552       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
14553       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
14554         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
14555       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
14556       FD->setType(T);
14557     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
14558                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
14559       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
14560       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
14561       // so we just make the field unavailable.
14562       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
14563       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
14564       QualType T = FD->getType();
14565       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
14566       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
14567         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
14568         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
14569           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
14570             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14571                           UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc));
14572           }
14573         } else {
14574           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
14575             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
14576         }
14577         ARCErrReported = true;
14578       }
14579     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
14580                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
14581                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
14582       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14583           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
14584         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14585       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
14586         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14587         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
14588             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14589           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14590         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14591                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
14592                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14593       }
14594     }
14595     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
14596       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14597     // Keep track of the number of named members.
14598     if (FD->getIdentifier())
14599       ++NumNamedMembers;
14600   }
14601 
14602   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
14603   if (Record) {
14604     bool Completed = false;
14605     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14606       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14607         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
14608         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
14609                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
14610                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
14611           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
14612       }
14613 
14614       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
14615         if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
14616           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
14617           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
14618             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
14619                                           CXXRecord->getDestructor());
14620         }
14621 
14622         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14623           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
14624           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
14625 
14626           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
14627           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
14628           // problem now.
14629           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
14630             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
14631             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
14632 
14633             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
14634                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
14635                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
14636               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
14637                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
14638                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
14639                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
14640                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
14641                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
14642                   continue;
14643 
14644                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
14645                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
14646                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
14647                 //   program is ill-formed.
14648                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
14649                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
14650                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
14651                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
14652                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
14653                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
14654                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
14655                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
14656                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
14657                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
14658 
14659                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
14660               }
14661             }
14662             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
14663             Completed = true;
14664           }
14665         }
14666       }
14667     }
14668 
14669     if (!Completed)
14670       Record->completeDefinition();
14671 
14672     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
14673     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14674       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
14675       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
14676           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor))
14677         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
14678     }
14679 
14680     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
14681       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
14682 
14683       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
14684         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
14685                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
14686                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
14687     }
14688 
14689     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
14690     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
14691     // compatibility problems.
14692     bool CheckForZeroSize;
14693     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14694       CheckForZeroSize = true;
14695     } else {
14696       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
14697       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
14698       CheckForZeroSize =
14699           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
14700           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
14701           CXXRecord->isCLike();
14702     }
14703     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
14704       bool ZeroSize = true;
14705       bool IsEmpty = true;
14706       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
14707       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
14708                                       E = Record->field_end();
14709            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
14710         IsEmpty = false;
14711         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
14712           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
14713             ZeroSize = false;
14714         } else {
14715           ++NonBitFields;
14716           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
14717           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
14718               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
14719             ZeroSize = false;
14720         }
14721       }
14722 
14723       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
14724       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
14725       // extern "C" block.
14726       if (ZeroSize) {
14727         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
14728                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
14729                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
14730           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
14731       }
14732 
14733       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
14734       // but are accepted by GCC.
14735       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14736         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
14737                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
14738           << Record->isUnion();
14739       }
14740     }
14741   } else {
14742     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
14743       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
14744     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14745       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
14746       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
14747       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14748         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
14749         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14750       }
14751       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
14752       // duplicates.
14753       if (ID->getSuperClass())
14754         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
14755     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14756                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14757       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
14758       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
14759         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
14760         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
14761         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
14762       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
14763       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14764       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14765     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14766                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14767       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
14768       // reported as errors elsewhere.
14769       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
14770       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
14771       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
14772       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
14773       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
14774       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14775         if (IDecl) {
14776           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
14777               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14778             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14779                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14780             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14781             continue;
14782           }
14783           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
14784             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
14785                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14786               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14787                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14788               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14789               continue;
14790             }
14791           }
14792         }
14793         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
14794         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14795       }
14796       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14797       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14798     }
14799   }
14800 
14801   if (Attr)
14802     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
14803 }
14804 
14805 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
14806 /// the given type T.
14807 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
14808                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
14809                                         QualType T) {
14810   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14811   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
14812 
14813   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
14814     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
14815       --BitWidth;
14816     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
14817   }
14818   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
14819 }
14820 
14821 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
14822 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
14823 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
14824   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
14825   // enum checking below.
14826   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14827   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
14828   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14829     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
14830   };
14831   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14832     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
14833     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
14834   };
14835 
14836   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
14837   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
14838                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
14839   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
14840     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
14841       return Types[I];
14842 
14843   return QualType();
14844 }
14845 
14846 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
14847                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
14848                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
14849                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
14850                                           Expr *Val) {
14851   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14852   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
14853   QualType EltTy;
14854 
14855   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
14856     Val = nullptr;
14857 
14858   if (Val)
14859     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
14860 
14861   if (Val) {
14862     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
14863       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14864     else {
14865       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
14866       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
14867           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14868         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
14869         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
14870         // constant expression of the underlying type.
14871         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14872         ExprResult Converted =
14873           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
14874                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
14875         if (Converted.isInvalid())
14876           Val = nullptr;
14877         else
14878           Val = Converted.get();
14879       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
14880                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
14881                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
14882         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
14883       } else {
14884         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14885           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14886 
14887           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
14888           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
14889           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
14890           // expression checking.
14891           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
14892             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14893               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14894               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14895             } else
14896               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14897           } else
14898             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
14899                                     EltTy->isBooleanType() ?
14900                                     CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast)
14901                     .get();
14902         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14903           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
14904           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14905           //   is the type of its initializing value:
14906           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
14907           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
14908           EltTy = Val->getType();
14909         } else {
14910           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
14911           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
14912           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
14913           //   representable as an int.
14914 
14915           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
14916           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
14917             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
14918               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
14919               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
14920           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
14921             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
14922             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14923           }
14924           EltTy = Val->getType();
14925         }
14926       }
14927     }
14928   }
14929 
14930   if (!Val) {
14931     if (Enum->isDependentType())
14932       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14933     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
14934       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14935       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14936       //   is the type of its initializing value:
14937       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
14938       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
14939       //
14940       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
14941       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
14942       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14943         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14944       }
14945       else {
14946         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
14947       }
14948     } else {
14949       // Assign the last value + 1.
14950       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14951       ++EnumVal;
14952       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
14953 
14954       // Check for overflow on increment.
14955       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
14956         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14957         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14958         //   is the type of its initializing value:
14959         //
14960         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
14961         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
14962         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
14963         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
14964         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
14965         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
14966         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
14967         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
14968           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
14969           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
14970           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14971           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
14972           ++EnumVal;
14973           if (Enum->isFixed())
14974             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
14975             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
14976               << EnumVal.toString(10)
14977               << EltTy;
14978           else
14979             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
14980               << EnumVal.toString(10);
14981         } else {
14982           EltTy = T;
14983         }
14984 
14985         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
14986         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
14987         // value, then increment.
14988         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14989         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
14990         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
14991         ++EnumVal;
14992 
14993         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
14994         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
14995         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
14996         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
14997         // integral type.
14998         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
14999           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
15000       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15001                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
15002         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
15003         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
15004           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
15005       }
15006     }
15007   }
15008 
15009   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
15010     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
15011     // enumerator's type.
15012     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
15013     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
15014   }
15015 
15016   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
15017                                   Val, EnumVal);
15018 }
15019 
15020 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
15021                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
15022   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
15023       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15024     return SkipBodyInfo();
15025 
15026   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
15027   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
15028   // skip the body.
15029   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
15030                                          ForRedeclaration);
15031   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
15032   if (!PrevECD)
15033     return SkipBodyInfo();
15034 
15035   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
15036   NamedDecl *Hidden;
15037   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
15038     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
15039     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
15040     return Skip;
15041   }
15042 
15043   return SkipBodyInfo();
15044 }
15045 
15046 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
15047                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
15048                               AttributeList *Attr,
15049                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
15050   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
15051   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
15052     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
15053 
15054   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
15055   // we find one that is.
15056   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
15057 
15058   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
15059   // scope.
15060   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
15061                                          ForRedeclaration);
15062   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
15063     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15064     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
15065     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15066     PrevDecl = nullptr;
15067   }
15068 
15069   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
15070   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
15071   // different from T:
15072   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
15073   // enumerated type
15074   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
15075     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
15076                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
15077 
15078   EnumConstantDecl *New =
15079     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
15080   if (!New)
15081     return nullptr;
15082 
15083   if (PrevDecl) {
15084     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
15085     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
15086     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
15087            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
15088     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) &&
15089         shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) {
15090       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
15091         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
15092       else
15093         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
15094       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
15095       return nullptr;
15096     }
15097   }
15098 
15099   // Process attributes.
15100   if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
15101 
15102   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
15103   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
15104   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
15105 
15106   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
15107 
15108   return New;
15109 }
15110 
15111 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
15112 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
15113 // Element2 = Element1
15114 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
15115 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
15116 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
15117 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
15118   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
15119   if (!InitExpr)
15120     return true;
15121   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
15122 
15123   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
15124     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
15125       return true;
15126     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
15127     if (!IL)
15128       return true;
15129     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
15130       return true;
15131 
15132     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
15133   }
15134 
15135   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
15136   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
15137   if (!DRE)
15138     return true;
15139 
15140   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15141   if (!EnumConstant)
15142     return true;
15143 
15144   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
15145       Enum)
15146     return true;
15147 
15148   return false;
15149 }
15150 
15151 namespace {
15152 struct DupKey {
15153   int64_t val;
15154   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
15155   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
15156     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
15157 };
15158 
15159 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
15160   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
15161                 false);
15162 }
15163 
15164 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
15165   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
15166   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
15167   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
15168     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
15169   }
15170   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
15171     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
15172            LHS.val == RHS.val;
15173   }
15174 };
15175 } // end anonymous namespace
15176 
15177 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
15178 // a previous element has already been set to.
15179 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15180                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
15181                                         QualType EnumType) {
15182   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
15183     return;
15184   // Avoid anonymous enums
15185   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
15186     return;
15187 
15188   // Only check for small enums.
15189   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
15190     return;
15191 
15192   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
15193   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
15194 
15195   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
15196   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
15197           ValueToVectorMap;
15198 
15199   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
15200   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
15201 
15202   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
15203   // an initialier.
15204   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15205     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15206 
15207     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
15208     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
15209     if (!ECD) {
15210       return;
15211     }
15212 
15213     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
15214       continue;
15215 
15216     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15217     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15218 
15219     // First time encountering this value.
15220     if (Entry.isNull())
15221       Entry = ECD;
15222   }
15223 
15224   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
15225   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15226     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15227     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
15228       continue;
15229 
15230     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15231 
15232     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15233     if (Entry.isNull())
15234       continue;
15235 
15236     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
15237       // Ensure constants are different.
15238       if (D == ECD)
15239         continue;
15240 
15241       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
15242       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
15243       Vec->push_back(D);
15244       Vec->push_back(ECD);
15245 
15246       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
15247       Entry = Vec;
15248 
15249       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
15250       // diagnostics.
15251       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
15252       continue;
15253     }
15254 
15255     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
15256     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
15257     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
15258       continue;
15259 
15260     Vec->push_back(ECD);
15261   }
15262 
15263   // Emit diagnostics.
15264   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
15265                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
15266        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
15267     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
15268     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
15269 
15270     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
15271     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
15272     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
15273       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15274       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15275     ++I;
15276 
15277     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
15278     // the same value.
15279     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
15280       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
15281         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15282         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15283     delete Vec;
15284   }
15285 }
15286 
15287 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
15288                              bool AllowMask) const {
15289   assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
15290   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
15291 
15292   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
15293   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
15294 
15295   if (R.second) {
15296     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
15297       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
15298       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
15299       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
15300         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
15301     }
15302   }
15303 
15304   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
15305   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
15306   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
15307   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
15308   //
15309   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
15310   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
15311   // likely a logic error.
15312   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
15313   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
15314 }
15315 
15316 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
15317                          Decl *EnumDeclX,
15318                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15319                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
15320   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
15321   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
15322 
15323   if (Attr)
15324     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
15325 
15326   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
15327     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15328       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15329         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15330       if (!ECD) continue;
15331 
15332       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15333     }
15334 
15335     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
15336     return;
15337   }
15338 
15339   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
15340   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
15341   // emit a warning.
15342   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
15343   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
15344   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
15345 
15346   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
15347   // reverse the list.
15348   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
15349   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
15350 
15351   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
15352   bool AllElementsInt = true;
15353 
15354   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15355     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15356       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15357     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15358 
15359     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15360 
15361     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
15362     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
15363       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
15364                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
15365     else
15366       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
15367                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
15368 
15369     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
15370     if (AllElementsInt)
15371       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
15372   }
15373 
15374   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
15375   QualType BestType;
15376   unsigned BestWidth;
15377 
15378   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
15379   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
15380   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
15381   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
15382   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
15383   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
15384   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
15385   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
15386   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
15387   QualType BestPromotionType;
15388 
15389   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
15390   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
15391   // enum definitions.
15392   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
15393     Packed = true;
15394 
15395   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15396     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
15397     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
15398       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
15399     else
15400       BestPromotionType = BestType;
15401 
15402     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
15403   }
15404   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
15405     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
15406     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
15407     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15408     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
15409       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
15410       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15411     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
15412                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
15413       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
15414       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15415     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
15416       BestType = Context.IntTy;
15417       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15418     } else {
15419       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
15420 
15421       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
15422         BestType = Context.LongTy;
15423       } else {
15424         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15425 
15426         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
15427           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
15428         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
15429       }
15430     }
15431     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
15432   } else {
15433     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
15434     // all of the enumerator values.
15435     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15436     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
15437       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
15438       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15439       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15440     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
15441       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
15442       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15443       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15444     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
15445       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
15446       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15447       BestPromotionType
15448         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15449                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
15450     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
15451                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
15452       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
15453       BestPromotionType
15454         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15455                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
15456     } else {
15457       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15458       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
15459              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
15460       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
15461       BestPromotionType
15462         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15463                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
15464     }
15465   }
15466 
15467   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
15468   // the type of the enum if needed.
15469   for (auto *D : Elements) {
15470     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15471     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15472 
15473     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
15474     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
15475     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
15476     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
15477     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
15478 
15479     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
15480     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15481 
15482     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
15483     // the enum decl type.
15484     QualType NewTy;
15485     unsigned NewWidth;
15486     bool NewSign;
15487     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15488         !Enum->isFixed() &&
15489         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
15490       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
15491       NewWidth = IntWidth;
15492       NewSign = true;
15493     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
15494       // Already the right type!
15495       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15496         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15497         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15498         // enumeration.
15499         ECD->setType(EnumType);
15500       continue;
15501     } else {
15502       NewTy = BestType;
15503       NewWidth = BestWidth;
15504       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
15505     }
15506 
15507     // Adjust the APSInt value.
15508     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
15509     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
15510     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
15511 
15512     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
15513     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
15514         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
15515       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
15516                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
15517                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
15518                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
15519                                                 VK_RValue));
15520     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15521       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15522       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15523       // enumeration.
15524       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15525     else
15526       ECD->setType(NewTy);
15527   }
15528 
15529   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
15530                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
15531 
15532   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
15533 
15534   if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) {
15535     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
15536       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15537       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15538 
15539       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15540       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
15541           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
15542         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
15543           << ECD << Enum;
15544     }
15545   }
15546 
15547   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
15548   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
15549     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
15550 }
15551 
15552 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
15553                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
15554                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
15555   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
15556 
15557   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
15558                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
15559                                                    EndLoc);
15560   CurContext->addDecl(New);
15561   return New;
15562 }
15563 
15564 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
15565                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC,
15566                                      bool FromInclude = false) {
15567   SourceLocation ExternCLoc;
15568 
15569   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
15570     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
15571     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
15572       if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid())
15573         ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart();
15574       break;
15575     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
15576       break;
15577     }
15578     DC = LSD->getParent();
15579   }
15580 
15581   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
15582     DC = DC->getParent();
15583 
15584   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
15585     S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M))
15586                           ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop
15587                           : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
15588         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
15589     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
15590            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
15591   } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) {
15592     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c)
15593       << M->getFullModuleName();
15594     S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here);
15595   }
15596 }
15597 
15598 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
15599                                            ModuleDeclKind MDK,
15600                                            ModuleIdPath Path) {
15601   // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any
15602   // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a
15603   // module inteface (not a module map).
15604   auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule();
15605   if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation
15606           ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None
15607           : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) {
15608     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch)
15609       << (unsigned)MDK;
15610     return nullptr;
15611   }
15612 
15613   // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it.
15614 
15615   // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than
15616   // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current
15617   // module matters (eg a #include).
15618 
15619   // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's
15620   // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character
15621   // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name.
15622   std::string ModuleName;
15623   for (auto &Piece : Path) {
15624     if (!ModuleName.empty())
15625       ModuleName += ".";
15626     ModuleName += Piece.first->getName();
15627   }
15628 
15629   // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be
15630   // correct.
15631   if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() &&
15632       getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) {
15633     Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch)
15634         << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second)
15635         << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15636     return nullptr;
15637   }
15638   const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName;
15639 
15640   auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap();
15641 
15642   switch (MDK) {
15643   case ModuleDeclKind::Module: {
15644     // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule.
15645 
15646     // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module
15647     // map defining it already.
15648     if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) {
15649       Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName;
15650       if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid())
15651         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition);
15652       else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile())
15653         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file)
15654             << FE->getName();
15655       return nullptr;
15656     }
15657 
15658     // Create a Module for the module that we're defining.
15659     Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName);
15660     assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail");
15661 
15662     // Enter the semantic scope of the module.
15663     ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod);
15664     return nullptr;
15665   }
15666 
15667   case ModuleDeclKind::Partition:
15668     // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module.
15669     return nullptr;
15670 
15671   case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation:
15672     std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc(
15673         PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second);
15674 
15675     DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc);
15676     if (Import.isInvalid())
15677       return nullptr;
15678     return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get());
15679   }
15680 
15681   llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind");
15682 }
15683 
15684 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
15685                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
15686                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
15687   Module *Mod =
15688       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
15689                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
15690   if (!Mod)
15691     return true;
15692 
15693   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
15694 
15695   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
15696 
15697   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
15698   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
15699   // silently ignoring the import.
15700   // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we
15701   // warn on a redundant import of the current module?
15702   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule &&
15703       (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS))
15704     Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule()
15705                         ? diag::err_module_self_import
15706                         : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
15707         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15708 
15709   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
15710   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
15711   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
15712     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
15713     // We need the length to be consistent.
15714     if (!ModCheck)
15715       break;
15716     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
15717 
15718     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
15719   }
15720 
15721   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15722   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc,
15723                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
15724   if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15725     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import);
15726   TU->addDecl(Import);
15727   return Import;
15728 }
15729 
15730 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15731   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
15732   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15733 }
15734 
15735 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15736   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
15737   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
15738   // implementation detail of us building the module.
15739   //
15740   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
15741   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
15742       TUKind == TU_Module &&
15743       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
15744 
15745   bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes;
15746 
15747   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
15748   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
15749   if (ShouldAddImport) {
15750     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15751     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15752                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
15753                                                      DirectiveLoc);
15754     if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15755       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD);
15756     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15757     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15758   }
15759 
15760   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
15761   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15762 }
15763 
15764 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15765   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
15766 
15767   ModuleScopes.push_back({});
15768   ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod;
15769   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
15770     ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules);
15771 
15772   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15773 }
15774 
15775 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) {
15776   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
15777     VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules);
15778     // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache
15779     // is now out of date.
15780     VisibleNamespaceCache.clear();
15781   }
15782 
15783   assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod &&
15784          "left the wrong module scope");
15785   ModuleScopes.pop_back();
15786 
15787   // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an
15788   // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module.
15789   FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc);
15790   assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() &&
15791          "end of submodule in main source file");
15792   SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File);
15793   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15794 }
15795 
15796 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
15797                                                       Module *Mod) {
15798   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
15799   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
15800     return;
15801 
15802   // Create the implicit import declaration.
15803   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15804   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15805                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
15806   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15807   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15808 
15809   // Make the module visible.
15810   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
15811   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
15812 }
15813 
15814 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{'
15815 /// (if present).
15816 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
15817                                  SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
15818   ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc);
15819 
15820   // C++ Modules TS draft:
15821   //   An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one
15822   //   export keyword.
15823   //
15824   // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another
15825   // export-declaration.
15826   if (D->isExported())
15827     Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export);
15828 
15829   CurContext->addDecl(D);
15830   PushDeclContext(S, D);
15831   return D;
15832 }
15833 
15834 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration.
15835 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
15836   auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D);
15837   if (RBraceLoc.isValid())
15838     ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
15839 
15840   // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including
15841   // anonymous namespace).
15842 
15843   PopDeclContext();
15844   return D;
15845 }
15846 
15847 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15848                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15849                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15850                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
15851                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15852   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
15853                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
15854   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
15855       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
15856 
15857   // If a declaration that:
15858   // 1) declares a function or a variable
15859   // 2) has external linkage
15860   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
15861   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15862     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
15863       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
15864     else
15865       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
15866           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
15867   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
15868   } else
15869     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
15870 }
15871 
15872 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15873                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15874                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15875   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
15876 
15877   if (PrevDecl) {
15878     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
15879   } else {
15880     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15881       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
15882         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
15883   }
15884 }
15885 
15886 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15887                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15888                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15889                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
15890                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15891   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
15892                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
15893   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
15894 
15895   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15896     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
15897       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
15898         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
15899   } else {
15900     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15901       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
15902   }
15903 }
15904 
15905 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
15906   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
15907 }
15908